Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2017.

Registration No. 333-216912

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

A.S.V., LLC

(to be converted into ASV Holdings, Inc.)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Minnesota   3531   47-2631135

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

840 Lily Lane

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Tel: (218) 327-3434

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Andrew Rooke

Chief Executive Officer

A.S.V., LLC

840 Lily Lane

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Tel: (218) 327-3434

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Todd M. Kaye

Taavi Annus

Bryan Cave LLP

One Metropolitan Square

211 North Broadway, Suite 3600

St. Louis, Missouri 63102

(314) 259-2000

 

Christopher J. Barry

David F. Marx

Dorsey & Whitney LLP

Columbia Center

701 Fifth Avenue Suite 6100

Seattle, Washington 98104

(206) 903-8800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

  PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE (1)
  AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION FEE (2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $43,700,000   $5,064.83

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and includes the offering price of shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price. A registration fee of $4,172.40 was previously paid in connection with the Registration Statement, and the additional amount of $892.43 is being paid herewith.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

A.S.V., LLC, the registrant whose name appears on the cover page of this registration statement, is a Minnesota limited liability company. Prior to the sale of any shares of common stock subject to this registration statement, A.S.V., LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation and change its name from A.S.V., LLC to ASV Holdings, Inc. Shares of common stock of ASV Holdings, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 26, 2017

PROSPECTUS

3,800,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of common stock of ASV Holdings, Inc. Manitex International, Inc., a selling stockholder in this offering, is selling 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, and we are selling 1,800,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our shares of common stock will be between $8.00 and $10.00 per share.

After the pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “ASV”.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $      $           

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $      $           

Proceeds to selling stockholder, before expenses

   $      $  

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses.

A.S.V. Holding, LLC, a subsidiary of Terex Corporation and a selling stockholder in this offering, has granted a 45-day option to the representative of the underwriters to purchase up to 570,000 additional shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

The underwriters expect to deliver our shares to purchasers in the offering on or about                     , 2017.

 

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners

Co-Lead Manager

Seaport Global Securities

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2017.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

About This Prospectus

     i  

Industry and Market Data

     ii  

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

     ii  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     11  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

     30  

Use of Proceeds

     33  

Dividend Policy

     35  

Capitalization

     36  

Dilution

     38  

Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data

     40  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     42  

Our Business

     60  

Management

     76  

Executive and Director Compensation

     82  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     96  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     101  

Description of Capital Stock

     103  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     107  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     109  

Underwriting

     112  

Legal Matters

     118  

Experts

     118  

Where You Can Find More Information

     119  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-i  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell shares of our common stock, and seeking offers to buy shares of our common stock, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Through and including                     , 2017 (the 25 th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “ASV”, “A.S.V.”, “the company”, “we”, “us”, “our” and similar references refer to (1) prior to the completion of our conversion described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion”, A.S.V., LLC, and (2) after giving effect to such reorganization, ASV Holdings, Inc. We own various U.S. federal trademark

 

i


Table of Contents

registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks and servicemarks, including our corporate logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend the use or display of other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes industry and market data that we obtained from periodic industry publications, third-party studies and surveys, filings of public companies in our industry and internal company surveys. These sources include government and industry sources. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe the industry and market data to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein. Unless otherwise specified, all CTL and SSL market information is sourced from Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Skid Steer Loaders (July 2016) and Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Compact Track Loaders (July 2016).

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should read and carefully consider the following summary together with the entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the matters discussed in the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data.” Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in the “Risk Factors” and other sections of this prospectus.

Overview

We design and manufacture a broad range of high quality compact track loader (“CTL”) and skid steer loader (“SSL”) equipment, marketed through a distribution network in North America, Australia and New Zealand under the ASV and Terex brands. We also serve as a private label original equipment manufacturer for several manufacturers, which accounted for 34% of our sales in 2015 and 25% of our sales in 2016. Our products are used principally in the construction, agricultural and forestry industries. As a full service manufacturer, we provide pre- and post-sale dealer support, after-sale technical support and replacement parts supplied from our dedicated logistics center. We also supply a limited version of our assembled undercarriage sets that exclude the suspension to Caterpillar for three versions of Caterpillar’s multi-terrain CTL machines marketed under the CAT brand under a supply contract with Caterpillar.

Our Business

We are the only manufacturer of patented Posi-Track rubber-tracked CTLs with multi-level suspension, as all other CTL manufacturers use a steel embed track system. The ASV drive system and configuration allows the use of lighter pure rubber tracks compared to steel embed track CTL systems, where rubber encases steel tracks, and the use of multi-level suspension improves machine performance by improving speed, traction and impact on the underlying surface by distribution of total vehicle weight over a larger surface area.

We believe that the benefits of our Posi-Track system to our CTL products include:

 

    patented low-friction internal drive system;

 

    patented multi-level suspension provides smoother ride for operator;

 

    multiple ground contact points, with rollers that move independently, providing lower ground pressure, improved traction and less ground disturbance under the tracks; and

 

    lighter, pure rubber tracks, which allow our machines to achieve speeds as high as 11 mph and which typically last longer than steel embed tracks.

We believe our business is currently characterized by the following:

 

    Market . We participate in a market that we expect to experience growth in North America facilitated by a steady increase in U.S. new housing starts and overall increases in construction spending.

 

    Up-to-date products designed specifically for the market . Our products have been either re-designed or launched in the past 18 months and we believe are some of the most up-to-date in the market. Our undercarriage design is patent protected to 2023.

 



 

1


Table of Contents
    Focused management team . We have an experienced management team, dedicated solely to our operation, to implement our strategy. Each member of the executive team has been involved with ASV since we became a joint venture between Terex Corporation (“Terex”) and Manitex International, Inc. (“Manitex”) in December 2014 and has been instrumental in developing our strategy.

 

    Strong name recognition and loyalty . We believe the ASV name has a strong legacy dating from the launch of the original ASV products in 1983, and we believe it has to this day retained a strong brand loyalty amongst users who seek the benefits of our Posi-Track undercarriage.

 

    Growing independent distribution network . In the last two years we have established a new distribution network in North America that is serviced by our team of regional sales managers.

 

    Recurring revenue stream from parts sales . Parts sales typically constitute 25% to 30% of our annual total sales and are characterized by higher margins than product sales.

Our Strategy

Create a dedicated operation: We determined that we could more fully capture the potential of ASV and the benefits of a growing market by forming an independent public company solely focused on its own operations and managed by a dedicated executive team, experienced in a public company environment and implementing its own ASV business strategy, and resourced accordingly.

Succeed in a crowded market: In a competitive market, we have newly designed machines with desirable features and we expect to launch additional new products in the next 12 months. We have both the highest and smallest capacity CTL machines on the market. Our dealers can market the small and/or large machines either in their own right or as additional product to a competing manufacturer’s product they carry in order to complete a full product range offering. By securing distribution for our smallest and largest capacity products, we believe that we can subsequently get dealers to carry our full range of products.

Secure distribution for our product: We have established and are continuing to build a network of dealers to sell our product to end users or to use in their own rental operations. We have signed new dealers, converted dealers from the Terex dealer network to sell the ASV brand rather than the Terex brand of our product, or we sell our Terex branded product to Terex dealers. We intend to continue to sign new dealers or convert additional Terex dealers and to ensure we have dealer coverage across North America to adequately cover all geographic areas of demand.

Growth: We believe that our business has significant opportunity to grow organically by expanding our sales of our existing products and also through acquisitions. We expect to seek acquisitions in which we may acquire a product line or adjacent product lines that complement our core business. When evaluating acquisition targets, we will look for opportunities to expand our existing product offerings and technology, gain access to new geographic markets and dealers and capitalize on scale and cost efficiencies.

Recent Developments

Recent Operating Results (Preliminary and Unaudited)

The preliminary financial data discussed below has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of our management. UHY LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying preliminary financial data. Accordingly, UHY LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

We are currently in the process of finalizing our financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Based on preliminary unaudited information and management estimates for the three months ended March 31, 2017, we expect:

 

    revenue of $26.0 million to $28.0 million (compared to $28.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    operating income of $0.8 million to $1.0 million (compared to $1.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    GAAP net income of $0.0 million to $0.1 million (compared to net loss of $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    EBITDA of $2.0 million to $2.2 million (compared to $2.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    adjusted EBITDA of $2.2 million to $2.4 million (compared to adjusted EBITDA of $2.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    adjusted EBITDA to be 8.6% of net revenues (compared to 7.9% during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    revenues from sales of machines to be $18.7 million (compared to $16.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016);

 

    revenues from sales of machines through Terex distribution channels to be 5.2% of total revenues from sales of machines (compared to 48.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2016); and

 

    growth in revenues from sales of machines through our North American distribution channels to be 93% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016.

We have provided ranges for our preliminary results because our financial closing procedures for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are not yet complete. The above information was not prepared with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to projected financial information, but, in the view of our management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, our expectations for the three months ended March 31, 2017. However, the preliminary results are subject to change during the completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments and other developments that may arise between now and the time the financial results for the first quarter are finalized. Therefore, our actual results for the three months ended March 31, 2017 may differ materially from the above information as a result of, among other things, the important factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

The above information should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the above information is not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for any future period and is subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control. The above information should be read together with “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cautionary Statement Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a definition of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, and information regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2017:

 

($ in millions)    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2017     2016  

Net income (loss)

     0.0-0.1       (0.3

Interest Expense

     0.9       1.3  

Depreciation and Amortization

     1.2       1.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 2.0-2.2     $ 2.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of ConExpo trade show

     0.1       —    

Revision to accrual for legal proceeding expenses less legal costs

     (0.1     —    

Stock compensation and transaction related compensation costs

     0.1       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 2.2-2.4     $ 2.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA as % of net revenues

     8.6     7.9

Key Achievements since December 2014

Since our formation as a joint venture in December 2014, we have achieved the following:

 

    Beginning in the second quarter of 2015, we re-launched the ASV brand with a new logo and newly designed product range of four CTLs and four SSL machines. As of December 31, 2016 we are marketing 12 CTL and SSL products under the ASV brand.

 

    We have established our own sales organization, with a National Sales Manager for North America, seven ASV sales account managers and 93 North American ASV dealers with 133 locations in 41 U.S. states and three Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2016, compared to zero locations in December 2014 and 33 locations in December 2015.

 

    We have grown the ASV distribution network while seeing a decline in activity from dealers in the Terex network. During the year ended December 31, 2016, 71% of our machines were sold through our distribution network while 29% of our machines were sold through Terex dealers. Total sales to our ASV dealer network were $44.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $28.0 million in the comparable period for 2015.

 

    During 2016 we initiated a focused cost reduction and margin improvement initiative targeted to improve our breakeven point and reduce costs. This initiative is supported by an operational strategy deployed throughout ASV. We established a target for 2016 of year-over-year savings of $2.5 million and achieved $2.2 million in actual savings for 2016, or 88% of that target, primarily through a combination of general business cost reduction activities and product cost reductions from purchasing savings and design improvements.

Our Risks

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    we do not know whether our historical results will be indicative of our future performance;

 

    our patented rubber track vehicles may not continue to receive market acceptance;

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    a substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to a limited number of customers, including OEM customers and dealers, which may decrease or cease purchasing at any time;

 

    a substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States, Australia and New Zealand, and in particular in construction or industrial activities, could materially adversely affect our revenues and operating results by decreasing the demand for our equipment or prices we can charge;

 

    we maintain a significant level of indebtedness for a company of our size, which results in substantial restrictions on our operations and financial flexibility;

 

    the technology underlying our proprietary Posi-Track products can be used by any third party, including competitors, once the applicable patent terms expire in 2023, which could subject us to increased competition and reduce or eliminate our opportunity to generate revenues from the Posi-Track system; and

 

    we compete in a highly competitive industry and the competition and many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, production, research and development resources and substantially greater name recognition than us.

Our Corporate History

A.S.V., Inc. was incorporated in Minnesota in July 1983. A.S.V., Inc. was a publicly traded company and listed on Nasdaq from 1994 until March 3, 2008, when Terex completed the acquisition of A.S.V., Inc. by means of a short form merger under Minnesota law. On December 19, 2014, Manitex entered into a joint venture arrangement with Terex, pursuant to which Manitex acquired a 51% stake in us, with Terex, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, retaining the remaining 49% (the “Joint Venture”). On December 23, 2014, A.S.V., Inc. was converted to a Minnesota limited liability company and its name was changed to A.S.V., LLC.

LLC Conversion

Immediately prior to the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to convert from a Minnesota limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and change our name from A.S.V., LLC to ASV Holdings, Inc., which we refer to herein as the “LLC Conversion”. In conjunction with the LLC Conversion:

 

    all of our outstanding units will automatically be converted into an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock, based on the relative ownership interests of our pre-IPO equityholders as set forth in the A.S.V., LLC limited liability company agreement,

 

    we will adopt and file a certificate of incorporation and certificate of conversion with the State of Delaware, and

 

    we will adopt and file a plan of conversion and articles of conversion with the State of Minnesota.

For more information on the LLC Conversion, see the discussion under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion”. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding a description of our common stock following the LLC Conversion and the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

While operating as a limited liability company, our outstanding equity was referred to as “units”. In this prospectus for ease of comparison, we refer to such units as our common stock for periods prior to the LLC Conversion, unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated, we refer to members’ equity in this prospectus as stockholders’ equity. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion”.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 840 Lily Lane, Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744, and our telephone number is (218) 327-3434. Our website address is http://www.asvllc.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and are not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING SUMMARY

 

Common stock to be offered by us

1,800,000 shares

 

 

Common stock to be offered by Manitex as a selling stockholder

2,000,000 shares

 

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering

9,800,000 shares

 

 

Over-allotment option granted by A.S.V. Holding, LLC, a subsidiary of Terex Corporation

A.S.V. Holding, LLC, a subsidiary of Terex Corporation, has granted the underwriters an option for 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 570,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $14.1 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our credit agreement requires that we use 40% of the net proceeds from this offering to pay down amounts outstanding under the credit agreement. In addition to the amount required to be used for repayment ($5.6 million based on the assumptions described above), we expect to additionally repay indebtedness under our Credit Agreement in the amount of $8.4 million, for a total of $14.1 million of debt repayments. After doing so, we expect to use the balance of the proceeds of this offering, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include further debt reduction and future acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

 

Proposed ticker symbol

“ASV”

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering set forth above is based on 8,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016 after giving effect to the LLC Conversion, and excludes 1,250,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our new ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, including the shares of our common stock to be issued to our employees, which shares were granted previously to such persons as equity awards relating to Manitex common stock under equity incentive plans of Manitex and are being converted into equity awards of ASV in connection with this offering.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    the consummation of the LLC Conversion described under the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion”;

 



 

7


Table of Contents
    the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation and the adoption of our Bylaws in connection with the LLC Conversion; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 570,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our financial data. We have derived the following statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 from our audited financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the pro forma financial data from our unaudited pro forma financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 are adjusted to give effect to the LLC Conversion and our separation from Manitex and Terex as if these had occurred on January 1, 2016.

The summary financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section is not intended to replace our financial statements and the related notes thereto.

 

    

        December 31,         

 
(dollars in thousands)    2016      Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma As
Adjusted 2016
     2015  

ASSETS:

          

Net property, plant and equipment

   $ 15,402        —       $ 15,402      $ 17,157  

Current assets

     47,556        —         47,556        44,308  

Other assets

     56,774        535  (1)      57,309        59,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 119,732        535     $ 120,267      $ 120,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

          

Current Liabilities

   $ 23,654        (491 )(2)    $ 23,163      $ 21,885  

Noncurrent liabilities

     42,643        555  (3)      43,198        49,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     66,297        64       66,361        71,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

     53,435        250  (4)      53,906        49,608  
        221  (5)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 119,732        535     $ 120,267      $ 120,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
(dollars in thousands)    2016      Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma As
Adjusted 2016
     2015  

Revenues

   $ 103,803        —       $ 103,803      $ 116,935  

Operating Expenses

     97,793        (491 )(6)      98,107        111,439  
        805  (7)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Income

     6,010        (314     5,696        5,496  

Total other income (expense)

     (7,183      —         (7,183      (5,397
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (1,173      (314     (1,487      99  

Income tax benefit

     —          535  (8)      535        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,173      221     $ (952    $ 99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1) Reflects an increase of $535,000 in non-current assets from the estimated income tax benefit for the period at an estimated tax rate of 36%. The estimated tax rate assumes payment of Federal and state income tax together with deductions associated with domestic manufacturing and research and development credits.
(2)

Reflects a decrease of $491,000 in current liabilities from the elimination of the expense paid to Terex related to selling of machines and marketing expenses as defined under the Distribution and Cross Marketing agreement, calculated using the actual costs paid in 2016 for

 



 

9


Table of Contents
  these services until responsibility for these services transferred to us in October 2016. Costs for other services under the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement were not included in the pro forma adjustment as such services will remain intact after our separation from Manitex and Terex.
(3) Reflects the additional borrowings of $555,000 under the revolving credit facility relating to the compensation (excluding potential incentive compensation) of our Chief Executive Officer, previously paid by Manitex that will be paid by us.
(4) Reflects an increase of $250,000 in stockholders equity due to the stock compensation in the form of equity awards previously granted to our employees by Manitex and in expected equity awards to be granted to our NEOs after the completion of the offering.
(5) Reflects a reduction of our accumulated deficit by $221,000
(6) Reflects the elimination of $491,000 in expenses paid to Terex related to selling of machines and marketing expenses as defined under the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement, calculated using the actual costs paid in 2016 for these services until responsibility for these services transferred to us in October 2016. Costs for other services under the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement were not included in the pro forma adjustment as such services will remain intact after our separation from Manitex and Terex.
(7) Reflects $805,000 in additional expenses, consisting of $555,000 in additional expense relating to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer (excluding potential incentive compensation) previously paid by Manitex that will be paid by us, as well as the stock compensation expense of $250,000 in the form of equity awards previously granted to our employees by Manitex and expected equity awards to be granted to our NEOs after the completion of this offering.
(8) Reflects the estimated income tax benefit of $535,000 for the period at an estimated tax rate of 36%. The estimated tax rate assumes payment of Federal and state income tax together with deductions associated with domestic manufacturing and research and development credits.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Before you invest in our common stock, you should understand the high degree of risk involved. You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. The following risks may adversely impact our business and financial condition. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our growth and profitability are dependent on a number of factors, and our historical growth may not be indicative of our future growth.

Our historic results since the implementation of our new strategy in December 2014 should not be considered as indicative of our future performance. We may not be successful in executing our growth strategy, and even if we achieve our strategic plan, we may not be able to sustain profitability. In future periods, our revenue could continue to decline or grow more slowly than we expect. We also may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the following risks and the other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors.

Significant deterioration in economic conditions, especially in our end-use markets in the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand, may have negative effects on our results of operations and cash flows.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, 99.7% of our total revenue came from sales in the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. Economic conditions, particularly in these countries, affect our sales volumes, pricing levels and overall profitability. Moreover, demand for many of our products depends on end-use markets. Our products and services are used primarily in residential construction and construction end-use markets and, to a lesser extent, in industrial, forestry and agricultural activity and end-use markets. Weakness in our end-use markets, such as a decline in construction, residential construction and agriculture end-use markets or industrial activity may in the future lead to a decrease in the demand for our equipment or prices we can charge. Factors that may cause weakness in these countries and our end-use markets include:

 

    weakness in the economy, decreases in the market value of real estate or the onset of a new recession;

 

    slowdowns in construction in these countries and the geographic regions in which we operate;

 

    reductions in spending levels by dealers and end-users;

 

    unfavorable credit markets affecting end-user access to capital;

 

    adverse changes in federal and local government infrastructure spending;

 

    an increase in the cost of construction materials;

 

    adverse weather conditions which may affect a particular region;

 

    oversupply of available commercial real estate in the markets we serve;

 

    increases in interest rates; and

 

    terrorism or hostilities involving the United States.

In addition, the cyclicality of our industry makes it more difficult for us to forecast trends. Uncertainty regarding future product demand could cause us to maintain excess equipment inventory and increase our equipment inventory costs.

Challenging economic conditions may also impair the ability of dealers to pay for products they have purchased. As a result, our reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs for accounts receivable may increase and there may

 

11


Table of Contents

be deterioration in the credit quality of dealers and the estimated residual value of our equipment. This could further negatively impact the ability of dealers to obtain the resources they need to make purchases of our equipment. Reduced credit availability will diminish dealers’ ability to invest in their businesses, refinance maturing debt obligations, and meet ongoing working capital needs. If dealers do not have sufficient access to credit, demand for our products will likely decline. Reduced access to credit and the capital markets will also negatively affect our ability to invest in strategic growth initiatives such as acquisitions.

If our rubber-tracked CTLs do not continue to receive market acceptance, our operating results will be harmed.

Our success is dependent upon continued market acceptance of rubber-tracked CTLs in the markets in which our products compete. Most tracked vehicles that compete with our Posi-Track products utilize a different steel embed design. There can be no assurance that our products will gain sufficient market acceptance to enable us to sustain profitable operations.

Our business is sensitive to government spending.

Many dealers and end-users depend substantially on government spending, including highway construction and maintenance and other infrastructure projects by U.S. federal and state governments and governments in other nations. Any decrease or delay in government funding of highway construction and maintenance and other infrastructure projects could cause our revenues and profits to decrease.

Our net sales are attributed to a limited number of customers, including OEM customers and dealers, which may decrease or cease purchasing any time.

Our two largest customers account for 39% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 36% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. We generally do not have long-term supply agreements with dealers or our OEM customers. Even if a multi-year contract exists, dealers and OEM customers are not required to commit to minimum purchases and can cease purchasing at any time. If we were to lose either a significant customer or several smaller customers, our operating results and cash flows would be adversely impacted.

In particular, our contract with a significant OEM customer, Caterpillar, is set to expire on December 18, 2017. As discussed below in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Caterpillar accounted for 27.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 23% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016. We do not know whether we will be able to renew our contract with Caterpillar upon terms favorable to us or that we will be able to renew it at all. Failure to renew the Caterpillar contract or renewal of the Caterpillar contract on terms less favorable to us than our current contract could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and cash flows.

Our level of indebtedness reduces financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.

As of December 31, 2016, our total debt was $45.6 million, which includes a revolving term credit facility and fully drawn term debt.

Our level of debt affects our operations in several important ways, including the following:

 

    a significant portion of our cash flow from operations is likely to be dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest on our indebtedness;

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be limited;

 

    we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;

 

12


Table of Contents
    our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments; and

 

    we may be unable to obtain additional loans as a result of covenants and agreements with existing debt holders.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights and our products could infringe on the intellectual property of others, which could harm our future success and competitive position.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain certain proprietary technologies used in our principal products. We may not always be successful in preventing the unauthorized use of our existing intellectual property rights by our competitors. We may not be able to discover unauthorized use of our proprietary technologies in the future or be able to receive any payments therefor. If we are not successful in protecting our intellectual property, it may result in the loss of valuable technologies or require us to make payments to other companies for infringing on their intellectual property rights. We generally rely on patent, trade secret and copyright laws as well as confidentiality agreements with other parties to protect our technologies; however, some of our technologies may not be protected. Confidentiality agreements may be breached or terminated, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. A third party could copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology without authorization. Additionally, third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us based on their patents or other intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary for us to defend against claims of infringement or to protect our intellectual property rights and could result in substantial cost to us and diversion of our efforts. Further, we might not prevail in such litigation, which could harm our business and could result in us having to obtain a license to sell our products or pay substantial royalties. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We believe that we have patent protection relating to certain existing products, specifically with respect to our proprietary Posi-Track undercarriage and suspension. We may also apply for and receive patent protection for our products in the future. We may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable and currently have only filed for protection in the United States. If we have failed to timely file a patent application in other countries, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Further, competitors may infringe on our patents and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our patents. We may also have any of the following occur:

 

    any of our patents could be invalidated, circumvented or challenged;

 

    any of our pending or future patent applications could fail to be issued within the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all, and patents issued from such applications may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage;

 

    others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies or design around our patents; or

 

    steps taken by us to protect our technologies may not prevent misappropriation of such technologies.

In addition, the key patent related to our Posi-Track undercarriage and suspension expires in 2023. Approximately 66.7% and 66.2% of our revenues for 2016 and 2015 respectively, excluding parts sales, were related to this key patent. The technology underlying our proprietary Posi-Track products can be used by any third party, including competitors, once the applicable patent terms expire. This may subject us to increased competition and reduce or eliminate our opportunity to generate revenues from the Posi-Track system and we cannot at this time estimate the financial impact on our business of the expiration of this patent.

We also own or have rights to various trademark registrations and trademark registration applications in the United States that we use in connection with our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our trademarks is difficult and expensive, and we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our trademark rights in all jurisdictions, particularly in countries other than the United States.

 

13


Table of Contents

Changes in our product mix could materially and adversely affect our business.

The margins on our revenues from some of our product and service offerings are higher than the margins on some of our other product and service offerings. In particular, the margins vary between sales of equipment as compared to sales of our replacement parts, between our smaller and larger machines, and between our CTL and SSL machines. A decrease in demand for our higher margin products and service offerings, such as our larger machines and parts, could have a negative impact on our profitability. Our margins can also fluctuate based upon competition, alternative products and services, operating costs and contractual factors. In addition, we may not be able to accurately estimate the margins of some of our new and developing products and new products and services may have lower margins than our current products and services.

Our inability to satisfy orders on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and the conversion of our backlog and open orders into revenue may occur at a slower rate than historical trends.

Our backlog as of December 31, 2016 was $6.9 million. This backlog is based upon the value of received orders. Certain of our equipment are produced after a price has been agreed to, an order has been received and a deposit has been paid by a dealer or OEM customer and generally require delivery within a specified period of time. If we are unsuccessful in recruiting skilled labor, experience delays in purchase component deliveries or experience changes in specifications on ordered equipment, the rate at which backlog or open orders are converted into revenue may be slower than we have historically experienced. If it takes longer than expected to realize revenue, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, any failure to deliver products on a timely basis could result in dealers or OEM customers cancelling their orders, requesting discounts or ceasing to do business with us altogether. The historical relationship of backlog to sales revenues actually realized by us, should not be considered indicative of future results.

Some dealers rely on financing with third parties to purchase our products, and the unavailability to them of financing on favorable terms could reduce our revenues.

Significant portions of our sales are financed by third-party finance companies on behalf of our dealers. The availability of financing by third parties is affected by general economic conditions, the creditworthiness of dealers and the estimated residual value of our equipment. Deterioration in the credit quality of dealers or the estimated residual value of our equipment could negatively impact the ability of dealers to obtain the resources they need to purchase our equipment and reduce demand for new equipment. There can be no assurance that third party finance companies will continue to extend credit to dealers in terms dealers find favorable or at all.

Some dealers have been unable to obtain the credit they need to buy our equipment. As a result, in the future some dealers may need to cancel existing orders. Given the lack of liquidity, dealers may be compelled to sell their equipment at less than fair value to raise cash, which could have a negative impact on residual values of our equipment. These economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and on our financial condition and operating results.

Increases in interest rates in the United States may negatively impact our sales and create other supply chain inefficiencies.

In the past few years, we have operated with interest rates at historically low levels. In December 2016, the Federal Reserve increased interest rates from these historically low levels. Further, the Federal Reserve signaled that further rate hikes are likely in 2017. Interest rate changes affect dealers’ ability to finance machine purchases, can change the optimal time to keep machines in a fleet and can impact the ability of our suppliers to finance the production of parts and components necessary to manufacture and support our products. Interest rate changes also affect overall economic growth, which affects demand for residential and nonresidential structures which in turn affects sales of our products that serve these activities. Increases in interest rates could negatively impact our sales and create supply chain inefficiencies.

 

14


Table of Contents

We may experience losses in excess of our recorded reserves for trade receivables.

As of December 31, 2016, we had trade receivables of $13.6 million. We evaluate the collectability of open accounts, finance receivables and note receivables based on a combination of factors and establish reserves based on our estimates of probable losses. In circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific dealer or OEM customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we expect to recover. We also establish additional reserves based upon our perception of the quality of the current receivables, the current financial position of dealers and OEM customers and past collections experience. Continued economic uncertainty could result in additional requirements for specific reserves, which could have a negative impact on our consolidated financial position.

We are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages.

We obtain materials and manufactured components, including rubber track components used in our products, from third-party suppliers. Some components may not be easily interchanged with components from alternative suppliers and have been designed into our products. Our key suppliers include Kubota, Perkins, Cummins and Deutz. Any delay in the ability of our suppliers to provide us with necessary materials and components may affect our capabilities at a number of our manufacturing locations, or may require us to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from a number of factors affecting our suppliers including capacity constraints, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition of a particular supplier, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, weather emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Any delay in receiving supplies could impair our ability to deliver products to dealers and OEM customers and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we purchase material and services from suppliers on extended terms based on our overall credit rating. Negative changes in our credit rating may impact suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and increase the cash requirements of the business.

Finally, some of our key supplier arrangements are currently contracted through Terex. If these suppliers are unwilling to enter into new supply arrangements with us, or are unwilling to allow Terex to assign these contracts to us, we would need to find alternative supply arrangements.

Price increases in materials could affect our profitability.

Our products contain a large amount of steel and other materials. In the past, market prices of some of our materials, including steel, increased significantly. If we experience future significant increases in material costs, including steel, we may not be able to reduce product cost in other areas or pass future material price increases on to dealers and our margins could be adversely affected.

The quality and performance of our equipment are, in part, dependent on the quality of our equipment’s component parts that we obtain from various suppliers, which makes us susceptible to performance issues that could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation and financial results.

Our construction equipment is sophisticated and complex, and the success of our equipment is dependent, in part, upon the quality and performance of key components, such as rubber track components, engines, fuel systems, hydraulic pumps and hoses, tires and wheels, breakers, and complex electrical components and associated software. There can be no assurance that these parts and components will not have performance issues from time to time, and the warranties provided by our suppliers may not always cover the potential performance issues. We may face disputes with our suppliers with respect to those performance issues and their warranty obligations, and dealers or OEM customers could claim damages as a result of such performance issues.

If any of the component parts we obtain from our suppliers are defective, we may incur liabilities for warranty claims. The supplier in any such case may not fully compensate us for any such liabilities. We may also be responsible for obtaining replacement parts and incur liability related thereto.

 

15


Table of Contents

We depend on our information technology systems. If our information technology systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner or if the security of them is breached, it could be disruptive and adversely affect our operations and results of operations.

We depend on our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties and by Terex, to process, transmit and store electronic information (including sensitive data such as confidential business information and personally identifiable data relating to employees, dealers and other business partners), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes and activities. If our information technology systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and adversely affect our operations and results of operations, including our ability to report accurate and timely financial results.

Furthermore, our information technology systems may be damaged, disrupted or shut down due to attacks by computer hackers, computer viruses, employee error or malfeasance, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication or utility failures, catastrophes or other unforeseen events, and in any such circumstances our system redundancy and other disaster recovery planning may be ineffective or inadequate. A failure of or breach in information technology security could expose us and our dealers, distributors and suppliers to risks of misuse of information or systems, the compromise of confidential information, manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and operations disruptions. In addition, such breaches in security could result in litigation, regulatory action and potential liability, as well as the costs and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We may require additional funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

Our future capital requirements will depend on the amount of cash generated or required by our current operations and the successful implementation of our strategy for the future, as well as additional funds which may be needed to finance future acquisitions. Future cash needs are subject to substantial uncertainty.

We cannot guarantee that adequate funds will be available when needed, and if we do not receive sufficient capital, we may be required to alter or reduce the scope of our operations or to forego making future acquisitions. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, existing stockholders may be diluted.

We may face limitations on our ability to integrate acquired businesses.

From time to time, we may engage in acquisitions involving risks, including the possible failure to successfully integrate and realize the expected benefits of these acquisitions. We anticipate making acquisitions in the future and our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions, including the expected combination benefits, will depend, largely on our ability to integrate acquired businesses.

The risks associated with future acquisitions may include:

 

    the business culture of the acquired business may not match well with our culture;

 

    technological and product synergies, economies of scale and cost reductions may not occur as expected;

 

    we may acquire or assume unexpected liabilities;

 

    faulty assumptions may be made regarding the integration process;

 

    unforeseen difficulties may arise in integrating operations and systems;

 

    we may fail to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business;

 

16


Table of Contents
    higher than expected finance costs may arise due to unforeseen changes in tax, trade, environmental, labor, safety, payroll or pension policies in any jurisdiction in which the acquired business conducts its operations; and

 

    we may experience problems in retaining dealers or OEM customers of the acquired business.

The successful integration of any newly acquired business would also require us to implement effective internal control processes in the acquired business. We cannot ensure newly acquired companies will operate profitably, the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized or that we will not encounter difficulties in implementing effective internal control processes in these acquired businesses, particularly when the acquired business operates in foreign jurisdictions and/or was privately owned.

Our business depends on attracting and retaining qualified management personnel.

The unanticipated departure of any key member of our management team could have an adverse effect on our business. Given our relative size and the breadth of our operations, there are a limited number of qualified management personnel to assume the responsibilities of management level employees should there be management turnover. Our success depends to a significant extent upon a number of key employees, including members of senior management. The loss of the services of one or more of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and prospects. In addition, because of the specialized and technical nature of our business, our future performance depends on the continued service of, and our ability to attract and retain qualified management, and commercial and technical personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may be unable to continue to attract or retain such personnel to support our growth and operational initiatives and replace executives who retire or resign. Failure to retain our leadership team and attract and retain other important management and technical personnel could place a constraint on our growth and operational initiatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations and product development efforts and eventually result in a decrease in profitability.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and we are particularly subject to the risks of such competition.

We compete in a highly competitive industry and the competition that we encounter has an effect on our product prices, market share, revenues and profitability. Because certain competitors have substantially greater financial, production, research and development resources and substantially greater name recognition than us, we are particularly subject to the risks inherent in competing with them and may be put at a competitive disadvantage. To compete successfully, our products must excel in terms of quality, price, product line, ease of use, safety and comfort, and we must also provide excellent customer service. The greater financial resources of our competitors may put us at a competitive disadvantage. If competition in our industry intensifies or if our current competitors enhance their products or lower their prices for competing products, we may lose sales or be required to lower our prices. This may reduce revenue from our products and services, lower our gross margins or cause us to lose market share. We may not be able to differentiate our products from those of competitors, successfully develop or introduce less costly products, offer better performance than competitors or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by competitors.

The success of our business depends on our ability to develop, produce and market quality products that meet the needs of dealers, OEM customers and end-users.

Our business relies on continued demand for our brands and products from our key markets in North America, Australia and New Zealand. To achieve our business goals, we must develop and sell products that appeal to our dealers and the end-users of our products. This is dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to maintain key relationships, our ability to produce products that meet the quality, performance and price expectations of our dealers and the end-users of our products, and our ability to develop effective sales, advertising and marketing programs. In addition, our continued success in selling products that appeal to dealers,

 

17


Table of Contents

our OEM customers and end-users is dependent on leading-edge innovation, with respect to both products and operations, and on the availability and effectiveness of legal protection for our innovation. Failure to continue to deliver high quality, innovative, competitive products to the marketplace, to supply products that meet applicable regulatory requirements, including engine exhaust emission requirements, or to predict market demands for, or gain market acceptance of, our products, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to effectively respond to technological change, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and business.

The markets served by us are not historically characterized by rapidly changing technology. Nevertheless, our future success will depend in part upon our ability to enhance our current products and to develop and introduce new products. If we fail to anticipate or respond adequately to competitors’ product improvements and new production introductions that incorporate improved technology, future results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.

Our business is subject to the inventory management decisions and sourcing practices of our dealers.

We sell finished products primarily through an independent dealer network and are subject to risks relating to their inventory management decisions and operational and sourcing practices. Dealers carry inventories of finished products as part of ongoing operations and adjust those inventories based on their assessments of future needs. Such adjustments may impact our results positively or negatively. If the inventory levels of our dealers are higher than they desire, they may postpone product purchases from us, which could cause our sales to be lower than the end-user demand for our products and negatively impact our results. Similarly, our results could be negatively impacted through the loss of time-sensitive sales if our dealers do not maintain inventory levels sufficient to meet end-user demand or if dealers decide to discontinue carrying our products.

Costs associated with lawsuits or investigations or adverse rulings in enforcement or other legal proceedings may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to various types of claims, lawsuits and government investigations. From time to time, we are involved in various intellectual property, product liability, product warranty and environmental claims and lawsuits and other legal proceedings that arise in and outside of the ordinary course of our business. The industries in which we operate are also periodically reviewed or investigated by regulators, which could lead to enforcement actions, fines and penalties or the assertion of private litigation claims. It is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of claims, investigations and lawsuits, and we could in the future incur judgments, fines or penalties or enter into settlements of lawsuits and claims that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition in any particular period.

The nature of our operations means that the risk of legal proceedings, regulatory investigations, enforcement actions and related fines and penalties, and private litigation claims will continue to exist and that additional legal proceedings and other contingencies, the outcome of which cannot be predicted with certainty, will arise from time to time. In addition, subsequent developments in legal proceedings may affect our assessment and estimates of loss contingencies recorded as a reserve and require us to make payments in excess of our reserves, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We currently rely upon Manitex self-insurance for insurance coverage. Prior to or upon the consummation of this offering, we expect to be self-insured, up to certain limits, for product liability exposures, as well as for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage will be obtained for catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. Any material liabilities not covered by insurance could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

18


Table of Contents

We may be unable to manufacture our products if any of our manufacturing facilities is damaged, destroyed or becomes otherwise inoperable.

We manufacture products at our manufacturing facility in Grand Rapids, Minnesota. If this manufacturing facility were to be damaged or destroyed or become otherwise inoperable, we may be unable to manufacture our products for sale until the facility is either repaired or replaced, either of which could take a considerable period of time. Although we maintain business interruption insurance, there can be no assurance that our insurance would adequately compensate us for the losses we would sustain in the event that our manufacturing facility was unavailable for any reason.

We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters, including an adverse outcome in a proceeding before the National Labor Relations Board.

As of December 31, 2016, we employed 153 people. We cannot assure that future issues with our employees or labor unions will be resolved favorably or that we will not encounter future strikes, further unionization efforts or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our employees. Three of our employees are represented by the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers Local 647 under a collective bargaining agreement that expires on May 10, 2017. In addition, the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and Helpers brought a proceeding against us before the National Labor Relations Board in May 2014 regarding alleged unfair labor practices at our Grand Rapids, Minnesota facility. The union alleged, among other things, that we unlawfully violated the prohibition against interference, restraint and coercion of employees under Section 8(a)(1) of the National Labor Relations Act (“NLRA”) with respect to the employees’ right to engage in concerted activities and collective bargaining under the NLRA and that we unlawfully violated the prohibition in Section 8(a)(3) of the NLRA against retaliatory termination related to union activities. In June 2015, a federal administrative judge found that we violated Section 8(a)(1) in connection with speeches and statements made by management in connection with a union election and Section 8(a)(3) in connection with terminations that followed the same election. The administrative judge entered an order in favor of the union that requires, among other things, that we offer reinstatement to 13 terminated employees and make such employees whole for loss of earnings and benefits (including a gross up for adverse tax consequences for lump-sum back pay). Under this order, we are also required to bargain with the union as a representative of the assembly employees at our Grand Rapids, Minnesota facility and post informational notices at our facility. We have appealed the June 2015 decision, but we do not know whether we will be successful in our appeal and the outcome may result in additional unionization at our Grand Rapids, Minnesota facility.

We may not be able to satisfactorily renegotiate our existing collective bargaining agreement or a new collective bargaining agreement, and we could encounter strikes or work stoppages or other types of conflicts with labor unions as a result. We may also be subject to general country strikes or work stoppages unrelated to our business or our collective bargaining agreement. A work stoppage or other limitations on production at our facilities for any reason could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, many dealers and suppliers have unionized work forces. Strikes or work stoppages experienced by dealers or suppliers could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Compliance with environmental regulations could be costly and require us to make significant expenditures.

We generate hazardous and nonhazardous wastes in the normal course of our manufacturing operations. As a result, we are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern actions that may have adverse environmental effects and require compliance with certain practices when handling and disposing of hazardous and nonhazardous wastes. Some environmental laws impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the remediation of the release of hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Failure to comply with environmental laws could expose us to substantial fines or penalties and to civil and criminal liability. These liabilities, sanctions, damages and remediation efforts related to any non-compliance with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

In addition, increasing laws and regulations dealing with environmental aspects of the products we manufacture can result in significant expenditures in designing and manufacturing new forms of equipment that satisfy such new laws and regulations. In particular, climate change is receiving increasing attention worldwide. Many scientists, legislators and others attribute climate change to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation of emissions would likely increase our compliance expenditures, which would negatively affect our business, operations or financial results.

Our international sales expose us to additional risks and challenges associated with conducting business internationally.

The international expansion of our sales may expose us to risks inherent in conducting foreign sales. These risks include:

 

    challenges associated with managing geographically diverse operations, which require an effective organizational structure and appropriate business processes, procedures and controls;

 

    the increased cost of doing business with foreign dealers in foreign jurisdictions, including compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international sales;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences;

 

    complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property;

 

    compliance with additional regulations and government authorities in a highly regulated business; and

 

    general economic and political conditions internationally.

The risks that we face with our international sales may continue to intensify as we further develop and expand our international sales.

Our financial performance is subject to risks associated with changes in the value of the U.S. dollar versus local currencies.

Our sales to dealers in international markets are denominated and reported in U.S. dollars. Therefore, weakening of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may cause dealers to increase the price in foreign currency sales to end-users in those markets, potentially reducing demand for our products to such dealers and end-users. We do not use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and should we choose to enter into such derivative instruments in the future, they may not adequately protect against such exposures.

We may have unanticipated tax liabilities that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to various types of taxes in the U.S., as well as foreign jurisdictions into which we supply our products. The determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax accruals involves various judgments, and therefore the ultimate tax determination is subject to uncertainty. Also, changes in tax laws, regulations, or rules may adversely affect our future reported financial results, may impact the way in which we conduct our business, or may increase the risk of audit by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authority. In addition, in our normal course of business, we are subject to Internal Revenue Service audits or other audits by state, local and foreign tax authorities. The final determinations of any tax audits in the U.S. or abroad could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. If any taxing authority disagrees with the positions taken by us on our tax returns, we could incur additional tax liabilities, including interest and penalties.

 

20


Table of Contents

Changes in accounting standards or inaccurate estimates or assumptions in applying accounting policies could adversely affect us.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations and are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. If those assumptions, estimates or judgments were incorrectly made, we could be required to correct and restate prior-period financial statements.

We have significant intangible assets and goodwill, and future impairment could have a material impact on our financial results.

At December 31, 2016 our intangible assets and goodwill were approximately $25.8 million and $30.6 million, respectively, which combined represent approximately 47.1% of our total assets. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we test goodwill for impairment at least annually and review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill would also be tested for impairment when factors might indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events that may adversely impact the value of our assets and require impairment charges may include, but are not limited to, declines in sales and operating profit that do not meet our current and forecasted operating budget, strategic decisions made in response to changes in economic and competitive conditions, the impact of the economic environment on dealers and end-users, a material adverse change in our relationship with significant dealers or OEM customers or other business partners, or a sustained decline in our stock price. Because of the significance of our intangible assets and goodwill, any future impairment of these assets could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Risks Related to Our Separation from, and Our Relationship with, Manitex and Terex

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, Manitex and Terex beneficially owned all of our outstanding voting stock and, upon completion of this offering, will hold together approximately 61.2% of our outstanding voting stock (assuming the full sale of the shares of our common stock offered by Manitex, as a selling stockholder). After this offering, Manitex and Terex will have the ability to exert significant influence over us through this ownership position. Manitex and Terex may be able to exert significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including with respect to elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. The interests of Manitex and Terex may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 9,800,000 shares of common stock outstanding. Manitex and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terex will collectively hold approximately 6,000,000 shares of our common stock. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we will grant registration rights to Manitex and the subsidiary of Terex with respect to their shares of common stock. The selling stockholders and our executive officers and directors will be subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriting” and the Rule 144 holding period requirements described under “Shares eligible for future sale”. After all of these lock-up periods have expired, the holding periods have elapsed and, in the case of restricted stock, the shares have vested, additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market.

 

21


Table of Contents

If Manitex and the subsidiary of Terex and our other stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly as the perception in the public market that our existing stockholders are selling shares of common stock could depress our market price. A decline in the price of shares of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities.

The sale of additional stock by Manitex or the subsidiary of Terex after this offering may result in an event of default under our Credit Agreement, which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

If following the completion of this offering Manitex and A.S.V. Holding, LLC collectively cease to hold more than 51% of our common stock and we are unable to restructure our Credit Agreement, such event would constitute a change of control under the Credit Agreement and would put us in default under the Credit Agreement. The event of default and the actions taken by our lenders in connection therewith could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a privately held joint venture between Manitex and Terex. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. The increased costs will negatively impact our results of operations. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the sufficient coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors (“Board”), committees or as executive officers.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and Nasdaq rules are creating uncertainty for public companies. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional compliance costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by courts and regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Maintaining appropriate standards of corporate governance and public disclosure will result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, if we fail to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and financial condition.

We have no recent operating history as an independent company upon which you can evaluate our performance and, accordingly, our prospects must be considered in light of the risks that any newly independent company encounters.

Following the acquisition of A.S.V., Inc. by Terex in 2008, we operated as part of Terex, and following the establishment of the Joint Venture, we operated as a majority-owned subsidiary of Manitex. Accordingly, we

 

22


Table of Contents

have no recent experience operating as an independent company and performing various corporate functions which were previously undertaken on a centralized basis by Terex and/or Manitex, including human resources, tax administration, legal, investor relations, internal audit, insurance and information technology. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties encountered by companies in the early stages of independent business operations, particularly companies such as ours in highly competitive markets.

Further, our historical financial statements and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus have been created using our historical results of operations and bases of assets and liabilities as a joint venture between Manitex and Terex. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements and pro forma financial information, we made estimates, assumptions and allocations based on current facts and historical experience. The historical and pro forma financial information included in this prospectus may not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as a stand-alone company during the periods presented or that we will achieve in the future, including due to the following factors:

 

    our historical combined financial statements may not reflect the expenses for support functions such as human resources, tax administration, legal, investor relations, internal audit, insurance and information technology, that we would have actually incurred, or will incur in the future, as a stand-alone company;

 

    increases will occur in our cost structure as a result of being a stand-alone public company, including costs related to public company reporting, investor relations and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

 

    our effective income tax rate as reflected in our pro forma financial information may not correspond to our future effective income tax rate.

Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a stand-alone company could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

Prior to the acquisition of A.S.V., Inc. in 2008, we were required to maintain internal control over financial reporting in a manner that met the standards of publicly traded companies as required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, since that time, we have not operated as a stand-alone public company and have not had to independently comply with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We will be required to meet these standards in the course of preparing our financial statements, and our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, following this offering. Additionally, once we are no longer an emerging growth company or a non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting, and although we expect to be in compliance with the requirements of Section 404(a), there can be no assurance that we will meet such requirements following the completion of this offering. We may encounter problems or delays in implementing any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm after we cease to be an emerging growth company or a non-accelerated filer. If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an

 

23


Table of Contents

unqualified attestation report on our internal controls after we cease to be an emerging growth company or a non-accelerated filer, investors could lose confidence in our financial information and the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause stockholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and share price.

Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud and we may be unable to accurately and timely report our financial results or file our periodic reports in a timely manner.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

The agreements we have entered or will enter into with Terex and Manitex in connection with the separation from Terex and Manitex will not be negotiated on an arm’s length basis and accordingly may include terms and provisions that are less favorable than terms and provisions we could obtain in arm’s length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties.

In connection with the LLC Conversion and our separation from Terex and Manitex, we have entered or will enter into a series of agreements with Terex and Manitex that will provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with Terex and Manitex, including a separation agreement, an employee matters agreement and an agreement regarding the winddown and termination of the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement and Services Agreement (the “Winddown Agreement”). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Material Agreements between Manitex, Terex and Us after the Offering.” The terms of these agreements, including the prices to be paid for services that will be provided by Terex and Manitex to us following this offering, will not be determined by arm’s length negotiations. No independent third party has determined that the pricing terms under the agreements with Terex and Manitex that will be in effect following this offering are equivalent to fair market value. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the terms and provisions of any of these agreements are or will be as favorable to us as those that we could have obtained in arm’s length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties which were not controlling stockholders of the Company.

 

24


Table of Contents

Terex and Manitex will provide a number of services to us pursuant to the Winddown Agreement and to an employee matters agreement. When such agreements terminate, we will be required to replace the services, and the economic terms of the new arrangements may be less favorable to us.

Under the terms of the Winddown Agreement that we have entered into with Terex and Manitex and an employee matters agreement that we will enter into with Manitex in connection with this offering, Terex and Manitex will continue to provide us services related to information technology and IT support, dealer service support related to parts cost and dealer pricing and financing, and after-market parts distribution, and participation of employees in benefit plans, in each case for an initial term expected to end within one year of the closing of this offering. For a summary of the material terms of the Winddown Agreement and the employee matters agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Material Agreements between Manitex, Terex and Us after the Offering.” When the Winddown Agreement and the employee matters agreement terminate, we will be required to either enter into a new agreement with Terex or Manitex or another services provider or assume the responsibility for these functions ourselves. We cannot assure you that the economic terms of the new arrangements will be similar to those under our expected initial arrangements with Terex and Manitex. If we are unable to renew or replace such arrangements on a comparable basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be; as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, no market for shares of our common stock existed and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or, if developed, may not be sustained following this offering. We will determine the initial public offering price for our common stock through negotiations with the underwriters and the selling stockholders, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market value of our common stock may decrease significantly from the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The market price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which neither we nor the selling stockholders can control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

    the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

    regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

    the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

25


Table of Contents
    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

    fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

    share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

    announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

    sales of our common stock by us, our officers, directors, or their affiliated funds or our other stockholders;

 

    rumors or new announcements by third parties, including competitors; and

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and The Nasdaq Capital Market specifically, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our common stock or if analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds raised by us from this offering and may not use them effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

Subject to contractual requirements to use of portion of the net proceeds of this offering to pay down amounts outstanding under our current credit agreement, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds raised by us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” Moreover, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, which will constitute approximately 53% of the proceeds of the overall offering. We intend to use any remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes , which may include future acquisitions and debt reduction. As a result, you will be relying upon management’s judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the net proceeds of this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

26


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors and adversely affect the market price of our common stock

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements including:

 

    the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    the “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Act and some of the disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of our executives;

 

    the requirement to provide detailed compensation discussion and analysis in proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act, and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and

 

    any rules that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” which may increase the risk that material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected. Likewise, so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” we may elect not to provide you with certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of our executive officers, that we would otherwise have been required to provide in filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate the Company.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, which may mean that our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with all public company accounting standards.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

 

27


Table of Contents

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, any profits from an investment in our common stock will depend on whether the price of our common stock increases.

We have not paid dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution in your investment. You will experience further dilution if we issue additional equity securities in future financing transactions.

Purchasers of common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to our receipt of approximately $14.1 million of estimated net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, from our sale of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016, would have been $10.8 million, or $1.11 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.48 per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $7.89 per share of our common stock to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. See the section entitled “Dilution” below for a more detailed illustration of the dilution you would incur if you purchase common stock in this offering.

If we issue additional common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, our stockholders, including investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering, may experience additional dilution, and any such issuances may result in downward pressure on the price of our common stock. We also cannot assure you that we will be able to sell shares or other securities in any future offering at a price per share that is equal to or greater than the price per share paid by investors in this offering, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing stockholders.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would benefit our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective following the completion of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us or remove our current management, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions include:

 

    creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

    authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which we may establish and shares of which we may issue without stockholder approval;

 

    prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow for less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

    requiring a supermajority vote to remove directors or to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

28


Table of Contents
    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board, who are responsible for appointing the members of our management. Because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which may discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Under the DGCL, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, our Board has approved the transaction.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

29


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “intends” or “continue,” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus or incorporated documents include, without limitation: (1) projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, (2) statements of our plans and objectives, (3) statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations, (4) statements concerning our operations as a company separate from Terex and Manitex, (5) statements of expected future economic conditions and the effect on us and on dealers or OEM customers, (6) expected benefits of our cost reduction measures, and (7) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business. Our actual results may differ from information contained in these forward looking-statements for many reasons, including those described below and in the section entitled “Risk Factors”:

 

    our ability to sustain profitability in accordance with our historical growth;

 

    substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in our end-use markets in the United States, Australia and New Zealand;

 

    market acceptance of our rubber-tracked CTLs;

 

    material decreases or delays in government spending;

 

    a substantial portion of our net sales are attributed to a limited number of dealers and OEM customers, which may decrease or cease purchasing any time;

 

    our level of indebtedness and the resulting restrictions on our operations and financial flexibility;

 

    our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including protection for our key patent for our Posi-Track undercarriage and suspension, which expire in 2023;

 

    changes in our product mix;

 

    inability to satisfy orders and conversion of our backlog and open orders into revenue;

 

    availability of third-party financing for dealers and the credit-worthiness of dealers;

 

    increases in interest rates;

 

    the collectability of and adequacy of our reserves for our trade receivables;

 

    delays or shortages from our key suppliers or the increase in the cost of materials;

 

    the quality of component parts we receive from third-party suppliers and our ability to develop and produce quality products that meet the needs of dealers, OEM customers and end-users;

 

    disruptions, shut downs or damage to our information technology systems due to attacks by computer hackers, computer viruses, employee error or malfeasance, power outages or other catastrophes or unforeseen events;

 

    our ability to obtain additional funding for our future operations;

 

    our ability to integrate future acquired businesses;

 

    retention of qualified management personnel;

 

    competition from our key competitors, some of which have greater financial, production, research and development resources and substantially greater name recognition than us;

 

    our ability to effectively respond to technological changes and introduce new products;

 

30


Table of Contents
    the inventory management decisions and sourcing practices of our dealers;

 

    legal proceedings and legal compliance risks;

 

    damage to, or other interruptions, including work stoppages and labor disputes, at our manufacturing facilities;

 

    the cost of compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including environmental laws and laws applicable to our international sales, such as anti-corruption laws;

 

    the risks associated with our international sales and the strength of the U.S. dollar against local currencies;

 

    unanticipated tax liabilities;

 

    changes in accounting standards or assumptions in applying accounting policies;

 

    future impairment to our intangible assets and goodwill;

 

    the risks associated with our relationship with Manitex and Terex, including the ability of Manitex and Terex to exert significant influence over us after this offering and the ability of Manitex and Terex (through its wholly-owned subsidiary) to sell our common stock pursuant to a registration rights agreement;

 

    the risks associated with our separation from Manitex and Terex, including the increased costs of operations as a public company, our lack of history operating as an independent company, our ability to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as a stand-alone company, the possibility of an event of default occurring under the Credit Agreement if Manitex and the subsidiary of Terex cease to own more than 51% of our common stock, and our ability to negotiate reasonable agreements for transition services with Manitex and Terex and to successfully replace those agreements after they expire;

 

    the development of an active, liquid and orderly trading market in our common stock and the volatility of our stock price;

 

    the risk of a decline in our stock price due to unfavorable commentary or downgrades from analysts or our ineffective use of proceeds raised by us in this offering;

 

    the risk of securities litigation;

 

    our qualification as an “emerging growth company”, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors;

 

    your profit from an investment in our common stock being limited to an increase in the market price of our shares due to the likelihood that we will not pay dividends;

 

    the future sale of our equity securities and dilution in your investment; and

 

    anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law and our charter documents that may discourage an acquisition or replacement of current management even when it would be beneficial to our stockholders.

These statements are only current predictions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these risks in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by law, after the date of this prospectus, we are under no duty to update or revise any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

31


Table of Contents

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research surveys and studies conducted by third parties. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions we use are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $14.1 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, including any sales of shares of our common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with those sales.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to establish a public market for our common stock, to facilitate our future access to the public capital markets and to create liquidity for the selling stockholders. Our credit agreement requires that we use 40% of the net proceeds from this offering to pay down amounts outstanding under the credit agreement.

As of December 31, 2016, there was $45.6 million outstanding under our credit agreement, and, accordingly, we would be required by our credit agreement to use $5.6 million of our net proceeds from this offering for repayment of the amounts outstanding under our term loans, based on the initial public offering price at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition to the required repayments, we expect to additionally repay indebtedness under our credit agreement. In aggregate, we expect to repay our indebtedness as follows:

 

    approximately $8.5 million (including a prepayment fee of approximately $45,000) under our PNC Term Loan A facility which had an interest rate of 4.76% as of December 31, 2016;

 

    approximately $3.6 million (including a prepayment fee of approximately $0.1 million) under our White Oak Term Loan B facility which had an interest rate of 11.0% as of December 31, 2016; and

 

    approximately $2.0 million (including a prepayment fee of approximately $20,000) under our PNC revolving credit facility which had an interest rate of 3.6% as of December 31, 2016.

Each of the facilities is scheduled to mature on December 23, 2021. We entered into each of the facilities in December 2016, and the proceeds from the facilities were used to refinance previously outstanding indebtedness as described in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Our Debt”.

After repayment of indebtedness, we expect to use the balance of the proceeds of this offering, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include further debt reduction and future acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Our Debt” for a description our current credit agreement. From time to time we may engage in discussions concerning acquisitions, but we currently have no agreements or commitments to make any material acquisitions.

Subject to the above-referenced contractual requirements to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to pay down amounts outstanding under our current credit agreement, our management will have broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds to us from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds from this offering. We reserve the right to change the use of these proceeds as a result of certain contingencies such as competitive developments, the results of our commercialization efforts, acquisition and investment opportunities and other factors. An investor will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use the proceeds.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $1.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the

 

33


Table of Contents

cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2.6 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us together with a concurrent $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2.4 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

34


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you will likely need to sell your shares of common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. Payment of cash dividends, if any, in the future will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our Board may deem relevant.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2016, of:

 

    our predecessor, A.S.V., LLC, on an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis giving effect to:

 

    the pro forma adjustments as described in “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data”;

 

    the LLC Conversion as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion”; and

 

    our separation from Manitex and Terex; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to:

 

    the sale of 1,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as if the sale of the shares in this offering had occurred on December 31, 2016; and

 

    the application of a portion of our proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness as described under “Use of Proceeds”.

The information in this table is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
(in thousands, except share amounts)    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as
Adjusted
 

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding restricted cash)

   $ 572     $ 572     $ 572  

Debt

      

PNC Facility

     15,234       15,789 (1)      13,809  

PNC Term Loan A

     8,410       8,410       —    

White Oak Term Loan B

     20,856       20,856       17,442  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Debt

     44,500       45,055       31,251  

Equity

      

Stockholders’ equity

     54,787       55,037 (2)      —    

Accumulated deficit

     (1,352     (1,131 )(3)      (1,393

Common stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (actual), 50,000,000 shares authorized and 9,800,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         8       10  

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (actual), 5,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     —         —         69,101  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 53,435     $ 53,906       67,718  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 97,935     $ 98,969     $ 98,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents
(1) Reflects the additional borrowings under the revolving credit facility of $555,000 relating to the compensation (excluding potential incentive compensation) of our Chief Executive Officer, previously paid by Manitex that will be paid by us.
(2) Reflects the increase in stockholders equity due to the stock compensation in the form of equity awards previously granted to our employees by Manitex and expected equity awards to be granted to our NEOs after the completion of the offering.
(3) Reflects a reduction of our accumulated deficit by $221,000 due to the pro forma adjustments described below under “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data”.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $1.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $0.8 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share of our common stock is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) and dividing the difference by the number of shares of our common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $(3.0) million, or $(0.37) per share of common stock, based on 8,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of such date after giving effect to the LLC Conversion. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments as described in “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data”; (ii) the LLC Conversion as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion,” (iii) our separation from Manitex and Terex, (iv) our receipt of approximately $14.1 million of estimated net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, from our sale of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and (v) the application of a portion of our proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness as described under “Use of Proceeds”, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016, would have been $10.8 million, or $1.11 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.48 per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $7.89 per share of our common stock to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 9.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2016

   $ (0.37  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $ 1.48    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $ 1.11  
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

     $ 7.89  
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $1.7 million or by $0.17 per share and the dilution to new investors in this offering by $0.83 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $1.6 million or by $0.17 per share and the dilution to new investors in this offering by $0.83 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after reducing the debt repayment by a corresponding amount and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 by approximately $0.8 million or by $0.07 per share and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $0.07, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a

 

38


Table of Contents

decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 by approximately $0.8 million or by $0.07 per share and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $0.07, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after reducing the dept repayment by a corresponding amount and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments noted above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares from us in this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders (1)

     8,000,000        61.2     —          —         —    

New investors

     1,800,000        38.8   $ 16,200,000        100.0   $ 9.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     9,800,000        100.0   $ 16,200,000        100.0   $ 1.65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Manitex and A.S.V. Holding, LLC, a subsidiary of Terex, will acquire the shares of our common stock reflected in this table upon the consummation of the LLC Conversion in exchange of the limited liability company interests of A.S.V., LLC held by them. Neither A.S.V. Holding, LLC nor Manitex acquired their limited liability company interests directly from us.

The foregoing table does not reflect the sales by selling stockholders in connection with sales made by them in this offering. Sales by Manitex in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to 6,000,000 shares, or 61.2% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 3,800,000 shares, or 38.8% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders is reduced to 5,430,000 shares, or 55.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering is based on 8,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and giving effect to the pro forma transactions described above. This number excludes 1,250,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our new ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, including the shares of our common stock to be issued to our employees, which shares were granted previously to such persons as equity awards relating to Manitex common stock under equity incentive plans of Manitex and are being converted into equity awards of ASV in connection with this offering.

 

39


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present, as of the dates and for the periods indicated, our selected historical and pro forma financial data. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 are derived from our audited financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

The pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 are adjusted to give effect to the LLC Conversion and our separation from Manitex and Terex as if these had occurred on January 1, 2016.

You should read this information together with our financial statements and the related notes and our unaudited pro forma financial information and related notes, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2016      Pro Forma
Adjustments
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted 2016
     2015  

ASSETS:

           

Net property, plant and equipment

   $ 15,402        —        $ 15,402      $ 17,157  

Current assets

     47,556        —          47,556        44,308  

Other assets

     56,774        535 (1)       57,309        59,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 119,732        535      $ 120,267      $ 120,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

           

Current Liabilities

   $ 23,654        (491) (2)     $ 23,163      $ 21,885  

Noncurrent liabilities

     42,643        555 (3)       43,198        49,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     66,297        64        66,361        71,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

     53,435        250  (4)       53,906        49,608  
        221  (5)       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 119,732        535      $ 120,267      $ 120,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2016      Pro Forma
Adjustments
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted 2016
     2015  

Revenues

   $ 103,803        —        $ 103,803      $ 116,935  

Operating Expenses

     97,793        (491) (6)       98,107        111,439  
        805 (7)       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Income

     6,010        (314      5,696        5,496  

Total other income (expense)

     (7,183      —          (7,183      (5,397
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (1,173      (314      (1,487      99  

Income tax benefit

     —          535 (8)       535        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,173      221      $ (952    $ 99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects an increase of $535,000 in non-current assets from the estimated income tax benefit for the period at an estimated tax rate of 36%. The estimated tax rate assumes payment of Federal and state income tax together with deductions associated with domestic manufacturing and research and development credits.
(2)

Reflects a decrease of $491,000 in current liabilities from the elimination of the expense paid to Terex related to selling of machines and marketing expenses as defined under the Distribution and Cross Marketing agreement, calculated using the actual costs paid in 2016 for these services until responsibility for these services transferred to us in October 2016. Costs for other services under the Distribution and

 

40


Table of Contents
  Cross Marketing Agreement were not included in the pro forma adjustment as such services will remain intact after our separation from Manitex and Terex.
(3) Reflects the additional borrowings of $555,000 under the revolving credit facility relating to the compensation (excluding potential incentive compensation) of our Chief Executive Officer, previously paid by Manitex that will be paid by us.
(4) Reflects an increase of $250,000 in stockholders equity due to the stock compensation in the form of equity awards previously granted to our employees by Manitex and in expected equity awards to be granted to our NEOs after the completion of the offering.
(5) Reflects a reduction of our accumulated deficit by $221,000
(6) Reflects the elimination of $491,000 in expenses paid to Terex related to selling of machines and marketing expenses as defined under the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement, calculated using the actual costs paid in 2016 for these services until responsibility for these services transferred to us in October 2016. Costs for other services under the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement were not included in the pro forma adjustment as such services will remain intact after our separation from Manitex and Terex.
(7) Reflects $805,000 in additional expenses, consisting of $555,000 in additional expense relating to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer (excluding potential incentive compensation) previously paid by Manitex that will be paid by us, as well as the stock compensation expense of $250,000 in the form of equity awards previously granted to our employees by Manitex and expected equity awards to be granted to our NEOs after the completion of this offering.
(8) Reflects the estimated income tax benefit of $535,000 for the period at an estimated tax rate of 36%. The estimated tax rate assumes payment of Federal and state income tax together with deductions associated with domestic manufacturing and research and development credits.

 

41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, such as those set forth under the heading “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Non-GAAP Measures

This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section contains references to “EBITDA” and “Adjusted EBITDA”. EBITDA is defined for the purposes of this prospectus as net income or loss before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA less the gain or loss related to non-recurring events. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures of our operating performance and provide meaningful measures of overall corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method and timing of expenditures associated with building and placing our products. EBITDA is also presented because management believes that it is frequently used by investment analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA is also presented because management believes that it provides a measure of our recurring core business.

However, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized earnings measures under generally accepted accounting principles of the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. Investors are cautioned that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as alternatives to net income or loss or other income statement data (which are determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP) as an indicator of our performance or as a measure of liquidity and cash flows. Management’s method of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may differ materially from the method used by other companies and accordingly, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Overview

We design and manufacture a broad range of high quality compact track loader (“CTL”) and skid steer loader (“SSL”) equipment, marketed through a distribution network in North America, Australia and New Zealand under the ASV and Terex brands. We also serve as a private label original equipment manufacturer for several manufacturers, which accounted for 34% of our sales in 2015 and 25% of our sales in 2016. Our products are used principally in the construction, agricultural and forestry industries. As a full service manufacturer, we provide pre- and post-sale dealer support, after-sale technical support and replacement parts supplied from our dedicated logistics center. We also supply a limited version of our assembled undercarriage sets that exclude the suspension to Caterpillar for three versions of Caterpillar’s multi-terrain CTL machines marketed under the CAT brand under a supply contract with Caterpillar.

Background:

A.S.V., Inc. was founded in 1983 and launched its first CTL machine in 1990. It launched as a publicly-traded company on Nasdaq in 1994 and operated as a public company until it was acquired by Terex on March 3, 2008. In December 2014, Manitex purchased 51% of ASV from Terex pursuant to the Joint Venture. The terms of the Joint Venture and objectives of ASV management included the following:

 

    We agreed to operate as a private label original equipment manufacturer of ASV products under the Terex brand name, and Terex agreed to market the ASV products through the Terex distribution network.

 

42


Table of Contents
    We were permitted to re-launch the ASV brand and establish an independent ASV North American dealer network managed directly by dedicated ASV regional account sales managers. Our independent dealers would be located in areas where Terex had no presence and would therefore be complementary to the Terex network. Terex would provide marketing and product line management resources to support the ASV brand.

 

    We agreed to directly manage our master distributor and overseas dealers in Australia and New Zealand, and national accounts such as Caterpillar.

 

    Terex agreed to support ASV’s efforts to penetrate large rental equipment dealers by utilizing the wider Terex group dealer relationships.

 

    We would continue to convert our ASV products to the Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) Tier 4 Final emissions standard, which are a set of emissions requirements established by the EPA to reduce emissions of particulate matter, oxides of nitrogen and air toxics from certain types of engines.

Since the inception of the Joint Venture in December 2014, we have achieved the following:

 

    Beginning in the second quarter of 2015, we re-launched the ASV brand with a new logo and newly designed product range of four CTLs and four SSL machines. As of December 31, 2016 we are marketing 12 CTL and SSL products under the ASV brand.

 

    We have established our own sales organization, with a National Sales Manager for North America, seven ASV sales account managers and 93 North American ASV dealers with 133 locations in 41 U.S. states and three Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2016, compared to zero locations in December 2014 and 33 locations in December 2015.

 

    We have grown the ASV distribution network while seeing a decline in activity from dealers in the Terex network. During the year ended December 31, 2016, 71% of our machines were sold through our distribution network while 29% of our machines were sold through Terex dealers. Total sales to our ASV dealer network were $44.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $28.0 million in 2015.

 

    During 2016 we initiated a focused cost reduction and margin improvement initiative targeted to improve our breakeven point and reduce costs. This initiative is supported by an operational strategy deployed throughout ASV. We established a target for 2016 of year-over-year savings of $2.5 million and achieved $2.2 million in actual savings for 2016, or 88% of that target, primarily through a combination of general business cost reduction activities and product cost reductions from purchasing savings and design improvements.

 

43


Table of Contents

The graph below shows the number of machines sold through the Terex managed distribution network and the ASV managed distribution network in 2015 and 2016, and demonstrates the year over year increase in sales through the ASV managed distribution network as we have incrementally added dealer locations and our own sales organization.

 

LOGO

Immediately prior to the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to convert from a Minnesota limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and change our name from A.S.V., LLC to ASV Holdings, Inc., which we refer to herein as the “LLC Conversion”. In conjunction with the LLC Conversion,

 

    all of our outstanding units will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock, based on the relative ownership interests of our pre-IPO equityholders as set forth in the A.S.V., LLC limited liability company agreement;

 

    we will adopt and file a certificate of incorporation and certificate of conversion with the State of Delaware; and

 

    we will adopt and file a plan of conversion and articles of conversion with the State of Minnesota. For more information on the LLC Conversion, see the discussion under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion”.

Our financial results in 2015 and 2016 include expenses paid to Terex under a Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement (the “Terex Cross Marketing Agreement”) and a Services Agreement (the “Terex Services Agreement”). We expensed approximately $1.6 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement. Terex no longer markets our ASV machines under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and we are responsible for marketing all ASV machines to all distribution channels, but Terex continues to market ASV parts. Following the LLC Conversion and after the completion of this offering, Terex will continue to market ASV parts and we will be permitted to produce and sell Terex-branded ASV products to existing Terex dealers and continue to use applicable Terex trademarks, in each case pursuant to the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and the Winddown Agreement. We expensed approximately $1.4 million and $1.5 million for services provided for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively under the Terex Services Agreement. We and Terex believe these expenses were made on a consistent basis and are reasonable; however, these expenses may not reflect the expenses we would have incurred as an independent, publicly traded company for the periods presented. Pursuant to the Winddown

 

44


Table of Contents

Agreement, Terex will continue to perform services under the Terex Services Agreement during a transitional period, including parts sales, shipment and purchases and parts planning, customer parts phone support, and administrative services, including IT support and accounting input information for parts cost and pricing, after which we will perform the functions under the Terex Services Agreement by using a combination of internal resources and purchased services. For more information on the services provided under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and the Terex Services Agreement and our new agreements with Terex following the consummation of this offering, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers (“NEOs”) and appoint our Board, as discussed below under “Management” and “Executive and Director Compensation”. In connection with and prior to the completion of this offering, we also anticipate that our Board will implement the ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to the approval of our stockholders, pursuant to which our management and employees may be awarded restricted stock units, stock options or other equity awards in the future. We expect that shortly after the consummation of the offering, the compensation committee of the Board will recommend equity awards in the form of restricted stock units, for our named executive officers and the Board under the ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. For more information on expected grants to our named executive officers, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Program Following this Offering” below. Any such awards will be accounted for as an expense commencing in the period in which the grants are made. Such expenses are not reflected in historical results described herein. The ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan is discussed below under “Executive and Director Compensation—ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”. We also expect that the equity awards held by our named executive officers that relate to Manitex common stock will be converted into equity awards that relate to our common stock in connection with this offering. Any such awards will be accounted for as an expense commencing in the period in which the grants are made. Such expenses are not reflected in historical results described herein.

Our chief executive officer, Mr. Rooke, has historically been compensated as an employee of Manitex. In that capacity, Mr. Rooke served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Manitex and his duties included, among other things, oversight of the ASV Joint Venture and serving on our board of managers. On December 14, 2016, Mr. Rooke was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer and from that date forward will be compensated as our employee. Mr. Rooke’s compensation will be treated as an expense, but these expenses are not reflected in historical results described herein. For more information on Mr. Rooke’s historical compensation from Manitex and anticipated compensation following the completion of this offering, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation” below.

The Joint Venture is organized as an LLC and is therefore treated as a partnership for tax purposes, whereby we do not pay taxes on business income. Instead, our owners each pay taxes on their share of our profits on their respective tax returns. After the LLC Conversion, we will be treated as a corporation for income tax purposes. We estimate our effective tax rate will be approximately 36% assuming payment of both Federal and State taxes and taking deductions associated with domestic manufacturing and research and development credits.

Business Outlook

A number of economic indicators that we believe are relevant to our industry and products have been trending favorably in 2016 and are forecasted to continue in a positive direction. A primary driver of demand for our CTL and SSL products is the United States housing market, where the level of new housing starts continues to be below pre-2007 levels. Since 2009, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, new housing starts have incrementally increased to a rate of 1.3 million units in October 2016 from approximately 0.5 million in October 2009.

Construction spending in the United States is also experiencing growth. The U.S. Census Bureau reported in December 2016 that for the first ten months of 2016 construction spending was $972.2 billion, 4.5% above the same period for 2015. In July 2016, the American Institute of Architects forecasted overall non-residential construction growth for 2017 of 5.6%.

 

45


Table of Contents

The economies of the markets to which we sell our products have for the past few years operated with interest rates at historically low levels. Interest rate changes affect overall economic growth, which affects demand for residential and nonresidential structures which in turn affects sales of our products that serve these activities. Interest rate changes also affect the ability of dealers to finance machine purchases, can change the optimal time to keep machines in a fleet and can impact the ability of our suppliers to finance the production of parts and components necessary to manufacture and support our products. In the United States, during 2016, the Federal Reserve has started to increase interest rates from their historically low levels. Increases in interest rates could negatively impact our sales and create supply chain inefficiencies.

Factors Affecting Revenues and Gross Profit

We derive most of our revenue from purchase orders from dealers and distributors. The demand for our products depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which we compete, residential housing starts, general construction activity and upon dealer and end-user replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions may cause dealers or end-users to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery. In addition to the United States, we sell to dealers in Canada, Australia and New Zealand. All of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar against these other currencies may have a negative impact on sales volume and sales prices to dealers outside of the United States.

Factors that affect gross profit include product mix, production levels and cost of raw materials. Margins tend to increase when sales are skewed towards larger, tracked machines and replacement parts. As a consequence, gross profit margins can vary from period to period. Replacement parts generally command higher margins than product sales.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2015

For the year ended December 31, 2016 we had a net loss of $1.2 million compared to net income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our net loss of $1.2 million consisted of revenue of $103.8 million, cost of sales of $87.4 million, research and development costs of $2.0 million, selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses of $8.4 million, interest expense of $5.0 million, write off of deferred financing costs of $2.2 million and loss on sale of assets of $0.02 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our net income of $0.1 million consisted of revenue of $116.9 million, cost of sales of $100.0 million, research and development costs of $1.9 million, SG&A expenses of $9.6 million and interest expense of $5.4 million.

Net Sales: For the year ended December 31, 2016, our net sales were $103.8 million, a decrease of approximately $13.1 million or 11.2% from net sales of $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. A 51% year over year reduction in sales of undercarriages to Caterpillar was responsible for $9.8 million of the overall decrease in sales, which has been driven by a slowdown in the Caterpillar production volumes of multi-terrain track loaders that use our undercarriage, resulting from lower sales by CAT to its dealers. Caterpillar forecasts for 2017 are for demand levels for 2017 to be similar as to 2016.

Machine unit sales were lower year over year by 11.7%, but an improved machine mix of larger higher revenue machines and pricing due to increased volumes through our own distribution network resulted in revenues from sales of machines lower by 6.4% or $4.2 million year over year. This was due to reduced volume of Terex branded equipment sales, down 53.4% year over year, and lower sales of OEM machines. Sales through the Terex dealer network have been adversely impacted by uncertainty arising from changes within the Terex construction segment, including the disposal by Terex of some of its compact construction equipment product lines. In August 2016, Terex announced that it would focus its business going forward on its aerial work

 

46


Table of Contents

platforms, cranes and materials processing. In connection with this change in focus, in June 2016 Terex announced the sale of certain of its construction brands, including its German compact construction equipment business, to Yanmar Holdings Co. Ltd.

The number of ASV branded machines sold increased 292% year over year, offsetting 88.3% of the decline in the number of Terex branded machines sold, and for the full year were 135.8% of the number of Terex branded machines sold. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the number of machines sold through the ASV-managed distribution network increased to 71% of the total number of machines sold, compared to 44% in the prior year. We continue to focus on increasing the independent ASV dealer network to offset the lower volumes of Terex branded product being sold.

Parts and other sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, due to increased parts sales volumes.

Gross Profit: For the year ended December 31, 2016, our gross profit was $16.4 million or 15.8% of net sales compared to $16.9 million or 14.5% of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2015. The decline in gross profit was attributable to the decline in net sales. The gross profit percent improvement resulted from (i) a 0.2% improvement in machine standard margin from a favorable mix of higher capacity machines, lower sales of SSLs that have a lower average gross profit percent, and improved net pricing from increased sales into the ASV distribution channel, and (ii) the benefit of reduced costs of sales from cost reduction and efficiency actions, such as favorable purchase price variances and warranty costs.

Research and Development: Research and development expense was $2.0 million or 1.9% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.9 million or 1.6% of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of $0.1 million is attributed to expenditures related to the launch of new product designs for the ASV brand in connection with the implementation of Tier 4 emissions standards during the period.

Selling, G eneral and A dministrative expense: SG&A expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $8.4 million or 8.1% of net sales compared to $9.6 million or 8.2% of net sales for the comparable period in 2015, a decrease of approximately $1.2 million or 12.3%. Excluding costs relating to the Joint Venture of $0.7 million that were incurred in the twelve month period ending December 31, 2015, the net year-over-year decrease in SG&A expense was $0.6 million. The main contributing factors to the decrease were (i) a $0.3 million decrease from the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and Terex Services Agreement, (ii) an approximately $1.4 million net favorable adjustment to the accrual for product liability expenses, due to the settlement of a product liability claim that was lower than the accrued cost for this claim and further information received during the period that indicated the liability for products liability claims would be lower than originally anticipated, and (iii) a $1.1 million increase in selling and administrative costs relating to adding a dedicated ASV sales team, advertising, trade shows and marketing of the ASV brand and performance compensation and commissions.

SG&A expenses relating to the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and Terex Services Agreement were $1.9 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Contributing to the $0.3 million decrease were lower sales volumes of Terex branded product in the first nine months of 2016 and that costs for selling Terex-branded machines ended on September 30, 2016 as our sales team assumed full responsibility for sales to all distribution channels on October 1, 2016.

Operating Income: For the year ended December 31, 2016, our operating income was $6.0 million or 5.8% of net sales compared to $5.5 million or 4.7% of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2015. Operating income increased due to the lower cost of sales and operating expenses explained above more than offsetting the decrease in sales.

Interest expense: Interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, for the year ended

December 31, 2016, was $5.0 million compared to $5.4 million in the same period of the prior year, principally due to lower borrowings on our debt facilities.

 

47


Table of Contents

Loss on Debt Extinguishment: For the year ended December 31, 2016 the loss on debt extinguishment was $2.2 million, compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2015. The loss related to the refinancing of the associated debt during December 2016 as we completed a new credit agreement with different lenders, replacing the previous credit agreements. The $2.2 million consisted of $1.83 million related to the expensing of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and $0.37 million for prepayment and other fees incurred in debt extinguishment.

Net (loss) income: For the year ended December 31, 2016, our net loss was $1.2 million compared to net income of $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.3 million and is attributable to the items discussed above.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

EBITDA totaled $10.7 million or 10.3% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $10.3 million or 8.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $0.4 million. The change in EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 resulted from lower net income of $1.3 million, increased write off of deferred financing costs of $2.2 million, reduced interest charges of $0.4 million and decreased depreciation and amortization of $0.1 million.

Adjusted EBITDA totaled $9.3 million or 9.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $11.2 million or 9.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes a reduction of $1.4 million relating to a revision to the accrual for legal proceeding expenses for the period as described above. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes the benefit of $0.9 million relating to adjusting for costs incurred with the establishment of the Joint Venture and the effect of purchase accounting in the period.

The table below sets forth a reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands of dollars):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2016     2015  
     Unaudited     Unaudited  

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,173   $ 99  

Interest Expense

     4,963       5,401  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     2,196       —    

Depreciation & Amortization

     4,728       4,786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

   $ 10,714     $ 10,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Sales

     10.3     8.8

EBITDA

   $ 10,714     $ 10,286  

Costs associated with formation of JV and purchase accounting (2)

     —         922  

Revision to accrual for legal proceeding expenses (3)

     (1,375     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

   $ 9,339     $ 11,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Net Sales

     9.0     9.6

 

(1) EBITDA is defined as income or loss before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a recognized measure under U.S. GAAP and does not have a standardized meaning prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Therefore, EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The table above reconciles net income to EBITDA. See “—Cautionary Statements Regarding Non-GAAP Measures” for further information regarding EBITDA.
(2) Costs associated with the formation of the Joint Venture include $0.7 million for accounting, legal and setup fees and $0.2 million for amortization of inventory valuation step up arising from purchase accounting at acquisition.

 

48


Table of Contents
(3) Revision to accrual for legal proceeding expenses is included in Adjusted EBITDA since it is an adjustment in the period to an accrual established at the formation of the Joint Venture and is not representative of the operating activity in the reported period. This adjustment was due to the settlement of a legal claim lower than the accrued cost for this claim and further information received during the period that indicated the liability for products liability claims would be lower than originally anticipated.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA less the gain or loss related to non-recurring events. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measure under U.S. GAAP and does not have a standardized meaning prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Therefore, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The table above reconciles EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA. See “—Cautionary Statements Regarding Non-GAAP Measures” for further information regarding EBITDA.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since December 2014, we have funded our business activities by utilizing a revolving credit facility, a term loan for financing, cash generated from operations and an equity contribution by Manitex and Terex in the first quarter of 2016. At December 31, 2016, we had fully drawn term debt with principal balance of $30.0 million and a revolving credit facility with a principal balance of $15.6 million and could borrow a maximum of $19.2 million based on available collateral. On December 23, 2016, we refinanced and replaced our existing credit facilities with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC with a new revolving credit facility and term loans with PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. For more information, see “—Our Debt” below.

We use our capital resources to:

 

    fund operating costs;

 

    fund capital requirements, including capital expenditures;

 

    make debt and interest payments; and

 

    invest in new ventures.

We need cash to meet our working capital needs as the business grows, to acquire capital equipment, and to fund acquisitions and debt repayment. We intend to use cash flows from operations and existing availability under the current revolving credit facilities to fund anticipated levels of operations for the next twelve months. As our availability under our credit lines is limited, it is important that we manage our working capital. We may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings to support our growth strategy, which may include additional acquisitions. There is no assurance that such financing will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms.

Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Our cash on hand at December 31, 2016 was $0.6 million, an increase of $0.6 million from December 31, 2015. The net change in cash of $0.6 million resulted from net cash provided by operating activities of $2.4 million, net cash used in investing activities of $0.9 million and net cash used in financing activities of $1.0 million.

Operating activities generated $2.4 million of net cash for the year ended December 31, 2016, comprised of a net loss of $1.2 million, non-cash items that totaled $7.5 million and changes in assets and liabilities, which consumed $3.9 million The principal non-cash items are depreciation and amortization of $4.7 million, amortization of deferred finance cost of $0.5 million, loss on debt extinguishment of $2.2 million and an increase in allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.04 million.

The change in assets and liabilities consumed $3.9 million. The changes in assets and liabilities had the following impact on cash flows: prepayments and other fees incurred in the debt extinguishment consumed $0.4 million, accounts receivable generated $0.6 million, trade receivables/payables from affiliates generated $0.2 million,

 

49


Table of Contents

inventory consumed $2.0 million, prepaid expenses consumed $0.4 million, trade accounts payable consumed $0.6 million, accrued expenses consumed $1.2 million and other long-term liabilities consumed $0.03 million. The decrease in accounts receivable is principally due to improved timing of collections, since days sales outstanding at December 31, 2016 were 63 days, an improvement of eight days compared to December 31, 2015. The increase in inventory relates to material on hand at the end of the period for product to be manufactured for international shipments in the first quarter of 2017, together with a $1.1 million increase in finished product. The $1.2 million reduction in accrued expenses related principally to $1.4 million for product liability and $0.3 million for reduced warranty accruals offset by increased other accruals of $0.5 million. The decrease in trade accounts payable relates to a reduction of nine days in days payable outstanding at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015. The fluctuation in the remaining assets and liabilities are within a range that would normally be expected to occur.

Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 consumed $0.9 million of cash. We used $0.3 million of cash to purchase machinery and equipment, principally related to information technology systems upgrades. At December 31, 2016 we had $0.5 million of cash classified as restricted compared to zero at December 31, 2015, which relates to cash collateral held in escrow under our credit facility.

Financing activities consumed $1.0 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2016. We used $5.5 million of cash for principal payments on debt, repaid $32.5 million of debt, consumed $1.2 million on debt issuance costs, and repaid $12.2 million on our existing revolving credit facility. Cash was provided by borrowing under new term debt of $30.0 million, additional member’s equity contribution of $5.0 million and initial borrowing under our new revolving credit facility of $16.7 million. The equity contribution of $5.0 million was made by Manitex and Terex in the first quarter of 2016 and was used to repay $4.0 million of term loan borrowings and $1.0 million of debt on the revolving credit facility.

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Operating activities consumed $6.5 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2015 comprised of net income of $0.1 million, non-cash items that totaled $5.3 million and changes in assets and liabilities, which consumed $11.9 million. Excluding the reduction in the accrual from the payment of $16.5 million of income tax related to the conversion of ASV to an LLC pursuant to the Joint Venture, the change in assets and liabilities generated a cash inflow of $4.3 million. The principal non-cash items are depreciation and amortization of $4.8 million and amortization of deferred financing costs of $0.5 million.

The change in assets and liabilities consumed $11.9 million. The changes in assets and liabilities had the following impact on cash flows: accounts receivable consumed $4.3 million, trade receivables/payables from affiliates generated $9.5 million, other receivables generated $0.2 million, inventory consumed $1.5 million, prepaid expenses consumed $0.03 million, accounts payable generated $0.9 million, accrued expenses consumed $0.1 million, reduction in tax payable on LLC conversion consumed $16.2 million and other long-term liabilities consumed $0.03 million. The reduction in income tax payable on LLC conversion relates to the payment of the tax liability of Terex created when we converted to an LLC from a corporation immediately after the formation of the Joint Venture in December 2014, which we agreed to assume per the terms of the Joint Venture. As a result of the conversion, we accrued an expense at December 31, 2014, representing an initial estimate of $16.5 million for the income tax of Terex we agreed to assume. The actual liability and the overpayment was refunded in the fourth quarter.

The increase in accounts receivable is principally due to the increase in the level of activity at the end of December 2015 compared to 2014. In 2014, we had only been operating for 12 days since the establishment of the Joint Venture. The decrease in trade receivables/payables from affiliates of $9.5 million is due to the reduction in receivable balances with Terex, net of payments due to them under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and SA. This arises from the fact that at the commencement of the Joint Venture in December 2014, all outstanding receivables were with Terex since all sales were made to Terex’s sales division for onward sale to the dealer. During 2015 we have sold directly to dealers. The increase in inventory of $1.5 million is

 

50


Table of Contents

substantially represented by an increase in raw material components of $0.8 million and finished goods of $0.8 million to support sales and to improve service levels of after-sales support.

Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 consumed $0.3 million of cash representing the purchase of machinery and equipment.

Financing activities provided $6.8 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash was generated by increased borrowing under the revolving credit facilities of $8.8 million. Included in this borrowing was a portion of the $16.5 million income tax payment on behalf of Terex related to the conversion of ASV to an LLC pursuant to the Joint Venture. Other financing activities consumed $2.0 million, which related to term debt principal repayments.

Capital Expenditures

A relatively low level of capital expenditure ($0.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively) has been required to maintain the productive capacity and property of our facilities. The capital intensity of our operations is low since we focus on design, assembly and compliance with regulatory specifications and we source many components from third party suppliers rather than fabricating these components ourselves. Capital expenditure is also used to fund productivity related projects, which tend to be of relatively low value. Investment in information technology is required to ensure our business systems are appropriate for our operations. Our core financial systems were upgraded during 2016. We plan on additional system enhancements, particularly relating to the dealer and OEM customer interface for sales and after-sales service and parts which will require capital expenditure which we anticipate we will fund internally. We do not believe these enhancements will materially exceed our historical capital expenditures.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:

 

     Payments Due by Periods  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
One Year
     1-2 Years      3-5 Years      More
than 5
Years
 
(dollars in thousands)                                   

Long term debt (1)

   $ 59,163      $ 6,332      $ 12,663      $ 40,168      $ —    

Operating lease obligations

     166        71        85        10        —    

Property lease obligations

     267        12        26        26        203  

Purchase obligations (2)

     9,480        9,480        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 69,076      $ 15,895      $ 12,774      $ 40,204      $ 203  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Long-term debt obligations include expected interest expense. Interest expense is calculated using current interest rates for indebtedness as of December 31, 2016.
(2) Except for a very insignificant amount, purchase obligations are for inventory items. Purchase obligations not for inventory would include research and development materials, supplies and services.

Our Debt

We entered into two separate loan facilities on December 19, 2014, one with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMCB”) and one with Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC (“Garrison”). These two facilities were for our exclusive use and restricted the transfer of cash outside of ASV. On December 23, 2016, we refinanced and replaced these facilities with JPMCB and Garrison with a new revolving credit facility and term loans with PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC”), as administrative agent.

 

51


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes our outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

    Outstanding
Balance
December 31,
2016

($ in millions)
    Outstanding
Balance
December 31,
2015

($ in millions)
    Interest Rate at
December 31,
2016
    Interest Rate at
December 31,
2015
    Interest
Paid
  Principal
Payment
 

PNC Facility

    15.6       —         3.6     —       Monthly    
On maturity,
December 23, 2021
 
 

PNC Term Loan A

    8.5       —         4.76     —       Monthly    



Quarterly payments

of $212,000;
balance due on maturity,
December 23, 2021

 

 
 
 

White Oak Term Loan B

    21.5       —         11     —       Monthly    


Quarterly payments

of $538,000;

balance due on maturity,
December 23, 2021

 

 

 
 

JPMCB Credit Agreement

    —       $ 12.4       —         2.985   Monthly    
Repaid in full on
December 23, 2016
 
 

Garrison Credit Agreement

    —       $ 38.0       —         11.5625   Monthly    
Repaid in full on
December 23, 2016
 
 

Revolving Loan Facility with JPMCB

On December 19, 2014, we entered into the JPMCB Credit Agreement, with JPMCB as the administrative agent. The $35 million revolving loan facility was a secured financing facility under which borrowing availability was limited to existing collateral as defined in the agreement. Interest on the loans under the JPMCB facility was payable at certain times during the course of the facility, depending on the type of the loan. The principal balances of the loans were generally payable at maturity. The facility was scheduled to mature on December 19, 2019. We repaid this facility on December 23, 2016.

The JPMCB Credit Agreement bore interest at our option at the JPMCB prime rate plus a spread or an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread. The interest rate spread for prime rate was between 0.50% and 1.00% and for LIBOR the spread was between 1.50% and 2.00% in each case with the spread being based on the aggregate amount of funds available for borrowing by us under the JPMCB Credit Agreement. Our indebtedness under the JPMCB Credit Agreement was secured by substantially all of our assets, but subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among JPMCB, Garrison and ASV. The facility contained customary negative covenants and required us to comply with financial covenants as defined in the JPMCB Credit Agreement.

Term Loan with Garrison

On December 19, 2014, we entered into the Garrison Credit Agreement with Garrison as the administrative agent. The Garrison Credit Agreement bore interest at a one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of between 10.5% and 11.0%. The spread was based on the ratio of our total debt to our EBITDA, as defined in the Garrison Credit Agreement. We were obligated to make quarterly principal payments of $0.5 million, which payments commenced on April 1, 2015. Any unpaid principal was due on the maturity date, which was scheduled for December 19, 2019. We repaid this facility on December 23, 2016.

Our indebtedness under the Garrison Credit Agreement was secured by substantially all of our assets, but subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among JPMCB, Garrison and ASV. The facility contained customary negative covenants and required us to comply with certain financial covenants as defined in the Garrison Credit Agreement.

 

52


Table of Contents

Facilities with PNC

We entered into a $65 million loan facility on December 23, 2016 with PNC as administrative agent for itself and other financial institutions that become a party thereto (the “Lenders”), which has a maturity date of December 23, 2021. The credit facility consists of $65 million in senior secured financing, with PNC providing a senior revolving credit facility in the amount of $35 million and a senior secured Term Loan A in the amount of $8.5 million, and White Oak Capital Advisors, LLC (“White Oak”) providing a senior secured Term Loan B in the amount of $21.5 million. In entering into this facility we paid off existing senior debt owed to JPMCB and Garrison.

The loan facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and by a pledge by our sole members, Manitex International, Inc. and A.S.V. Holding, LLC (a subsidiary of Terex Corporation), of the equity interests they own in us. Pursuant to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2016 between us and PNC (the “Credit Agreement”), the parties have agreed that PNC, as administrative agent, has a first-priority security interest, for its benefit and the benefit of the other Lenders, in all of our assets. We drew a total of $46.7 million at the closing of the Credit Agreement. At December 31, 2016, there was $45.6 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

PNC Revolving Credit Facility

The $35 million revolving loan facility (which is subject to availability based primarily on eligible accounts receivables and eligible inventory) is available for borrowing and reborrowing until maturity. Approximately $16.7 million was advanced to us on December 23, 2016 and at December 31, 2016, we had drawn $15.6 million and could borrow a maximum of $19.2 million based on available collateral. All revolving advances are due and payable in full on the maturity date.

The Credit Agreement provides that we can opt to pay interest on the revolving credit facility either at a domestic rate plus a spread, or a LIBOR rate plus a spread. The domestic rate spread is initially fixed at 1.50% until delivery of certain reporting documents with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017, at which point it ranges from 1.00% to 1.50% depending on the average undrawn availability. The LIBOR spread is initially fixed at 2.50% until delivery of the same reporting documents, at which point it ranges from 2.00% to 2.50% depending on the average undrawn availability. The weighted average interest rate for the period ended December 31, 2016 was 3.6%.

The Credit Agreement has a letter of credit facility of $2 million. Letters of credit may be issued under the revolving facility to the extent that the sum of outstanding revolving advances, outstanding swing loans, and all undrawn letters of credit do not exceed $35 million or the formula amount described in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement also includes a swing loan subfacility, up to $3.5 million. The swing loan subfacility is fully reserved against availability under the revolving loan facility.

Term Loan A with PNC

Term Loan A, in the amount of $8.5 million was advanced to us on December 23, 2016. The principal balance of this Term Loan A is generally due and payable at maturity. We must also pay quarterly principal installments in an amount equal to the greater of (a) $212,500 and (b) White Oak’s pro rata share of the lesser of (I) 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the most recently ended prior fiscal quarter and (II) 50% of the maximum true up amount (as defined in the Credit Agreement). At December 31, 2016, there was a principal balance of $8.5 million under Term Loan A.

We may opt to pay interest on Term Loan A at a domestic rate plus a spread, a LIBOR rate plus a spread, or a combination thereof. The domestic rate spread ranges from 1.00% to 1.5% depending on the average undrawn availability, but is fixed at 2.00% until delivery of certain reporting documents with respect to the fiscal quarter

 

53


Table of Contents

ending March 31, 2017. The LIBOR spread ranges from 2.00% to 2.50% depending on the average undrawn availability, but is fixed at 3.00% for Term Loan A advances until delivery of the same reporting documents. The weighted average interest rate for the period ended December 31, 2016, was 4.76%.

Term Loan B with White Oak

Term Loan B, in the amount of $21.5 million, was advanced on December 23, 2016. The principal balance of this Term Loan B is generally due and payable at maturity. We must also pay quarterly principal installments in an amount equal to the greater of (a) $537,000 and (b) White Oak’s pro rata share of the lesser of (I) 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the most recently ended prior fiscal quarter and (II) 50% of the maximum true up amount (as defined in the Credit Agreement). At December 31, 2016, there was a principal balance of $21.5 million under Term Loan B.

With respect to the Term Loan B advances, the Credit Agreement provides that we will pay interest at the LIBOR rate plus either 9.00% or 10.00% depending on the leverage ratio (provided that at no time will the LIBOR rate be less than 1.00%), but this interest rate is fixed at 10.00% until delivery of the same reporting documents required for the revolving loan advances and Term Loan A advances. The interest rate for the period ended December 31, 2016 was 11%.

Other Material Terms of PNC Loan Agreements

We may prepay the term loans, and subject to certain exceptions, we are required to use net cash proceeds from asset sales, from the receipt of insurance and condemnation awards subject to certain conditions, and as the result of a qualified public offering of our equity to prepay the term loans. If following the completion of this offering Manitex and A.S.V. Holding, LLC collectively cease to hold more than 51% of our common stock, or A.S.V. Holding, LLC ceases to hold at least 49% of the common stock collectively held by it and Manitex, such event would constitute a change of control under the Credit Agreement and would put us in default under the Credit Agreement. Accordingly, we would expect to restructure the Credit Agreement to permit additional sales of our common stock by Manitex and A.S.V. Holding, LLC in order to avoid such an event of default. However, our lenders may not agree to make an amendment to the Credit Agreement.

The facility contains customary negative covenants, that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to (a) incur additional debt; (b) create or permit liens on collateral; (c) engage in mergers, consolidations or asset sales; (d) make investments, loans or advances; (e) engage in sale and leaseback transactions; (f) make distributions; (g) amend our or our subsidiaries’ organizational documents; and (h) engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Credit Agreement permits us to make future acquisitions subject to the requirements and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Under the Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a facility fee, which accrues interest, payable in quarterly installments equal to (i) the average daily amount of funds available but undrawn multiplied by (ii) an annual rate of (a) 0.25% if the average undrawn availability is less than 50% of the maximum revolving advance amount, or (b) .375% if the average undrawn availability is greater than or equal to 50% of the maximum revolving advance amount.

We are also required to comply with certain financial covenants as defined in the Credit Agreement including (1) maintaining an initial minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.0, (2) maintaining an initial leverage ratio of 5.00 to 1.00 through and until June 30, 2017, which requirement reduces to 4.75 to 1.00 thereafter until December 31, 2017, then to 4.00 to 1.00 for the 2018 fiscal year, then to 3.50 to 1.00 for the 2019 fiscal year, then to 3.00 to 1.00 for the 2020 fiscal year, and finally to 2.85 to 1.00 for the 2021 fiscal year, (3) a limitation of $1.3 million in capital expenditures in any fiscal year and (4) maintaining as of the last day of each month an average undrawn availability at least $1.75 million.

 

54


Table of Contents

The Credit Facility contains a number of customary events of default including, among other things, (a) nonpayment of principal or interest when due; (b) nonpayment of fees, charges, or other amounts, whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration, or by notice of intention to prepay or by required payment; (c) breach of representations in the Credit Agreement or any related documents, agreements or certificates; or (d) change of control, which includes divestitures by Manitex International, Inc. and A.S.V. Holding, LLC following which they collectively cease to hold more than 51% of our equity. If any event of default occurs, PNC, as administrative agent, would be entitled to take various actions, including accelerating amounts due thereunder and taking all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Subject to certain exceptions, we are subject to certain prepayment premiums. If the Term Loan A is prepaid in full or in part prior to the maturity date for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including after acceleration of any of the obligations and/or termination of the Credit Agreement, but excluding any prepayments made upon exercise of the cure right, we will, concurrently with the making of such prepayment, pay to PNC, as administrative agent, for pro rata allocation among the Term Loan A Lenders, a prepayment fee in an amount equal to (i) one percent (1.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan A so prepaid if the prepayment date is prior December 23, 2017, (ii) one half of one percent (0.50%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan A so prepaid if the prepayment date is on or after December 23, 2017 but prior to December 23, 2018, (iii) $0 if the prepayment date is on or after December 23, 2018 with respect to any principal payments (in whole or in part) or acceleration of the credit facility prior to the December 23, 2019. If the Term Loan B is prepaid in full or in part prior to maturity date for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including after acceleration of any of the obligations and/or termination of the Credit Agreement (but excluding any prepayment made upon (x) exercise of our cure right (as described in the Credit Agreement) or (y) in connection with a qualified public offering for which the net cash proceeds are less than $10 million), we shall, concurrently with the making of such prepayment, pay to Term Loan B agent, for pro rata allocation among the Term Loan B Lenders, a prepayment fee in an amount equal to (i) three percent (3.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan B so prepaid if the Term Loan B Prepayment Date is on or prior to December 23, 2017, (ii) two percent (2.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan B so prepaid if the Term Loan B prepayment date is after December 23, 2017 but on or prior to December 23, 2018, (iii) one percent (1.0%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan B so prepaid if the Term Loan B prepayment date is after December 23, 2018 but on or prior to December 23, 2019, and (iv) $0 if the prepayment date is after December 23, 2019. Under Term Loan B, we are required to use 40% of the net proceeds of this offering to pay down the principal under Term Loan B (subject to a prepayment premium only if net cash proceeds exceed $10 million as described above).

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks that exist as part of our ongoing business operations.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the domestic rate under our existing PNC credit facility and LIBOR. At December 31, 2016, we had approximately $45.6 million of variable interest debt with an average weighted interest rate of approximately 7.305%. An increase of 1% in our average floating interest rates at December 31, 2016 would increase interest expense by approximately $0.46 million per year.

Commodities Risk

We purchase a majority of our components as partially and fully finished assemblies, rather than raw materials for conversion. However, steel is a major part of the chassis, cabs and wheel rims of our product and as such availability and pricing from our suppliers is subject to the global steel market. Extreme movements in the cost and availability of steel and other materials and components may affect our financial performance. Changes in input costs did not have a significant effect on our operating performance in 2015 or in 2016. During 2015 and

 

55


Table of Contents

2016, raw materials and component were generally available to meet our production schedules and had no significant impact on our revenues.

In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, the materials and components used in our products are normally available from multiple suppliers. However, some of the components may not be easily interchanged with components from alternative suppliers and have been designed into our products. We evaluate current and potential suppliers on a regular basis on their ability to meet our requirements and standards. We actively manage our material supply sourcing, and may employ various methods to limit risk associated with commodity cost fluctuations and availability. The inability of suppliers to deliver materials and components promptly could result in production delays and increased costs to manufacture our products. To mitigate the impact of these risks we continue to search for acceptable alternative supply sources and less expensive supply options on a regular basis.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Estimates including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, materials and inventory obsolescence, property, plant and equipment depreciation, intangible amortization, long-lived asset impairment assumptions, warranties, and contingencies are evaluated on a regular basis. Actual amounts could differ from such estimates.

Inventory: Inventory consists of stock materials stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. All equipment classified as inventory is available for sale. We record excess and obsolete reserves and such reserves were $0.3 million at December 31, 2016 and $0.1 million at December 31, 2015. The estimated reserve is based upon specific identification of excess or obsolete inventories. SG&A expenses are expensed as incurred and are not capitalized as part of inventory.

Depreciation and Amortization : Depreciation expense relates to plants and equipment which are depreciated over the estimated useful lives which range between three and twenty-one years, under the straight line method of depreciation for financial reporting. Amortization expense relates to intangible assets with definite lives that are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives, which range from ten to twenty five years.

Deferred Financing Costs: Deferred financing costs represent the costs incurred in connection with obtaining debt financing. We amortize deferred financing costs in interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt instrument. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we have net deferred financing costs of $1.11 million and $2.26 million, respectively. Amortization expense associated with the capitalized deferred financing costs was $0.55 million and $0.54 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During 2016 we incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $2.2 million associated with the refinancing of our debt, of which $1.83 million related to the expensing of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and $0.37 million was for prepayment and other fees incurred in debt extinguishment.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. We determine the allowance based on individual account review and current economic conditions. We review our allowance for doubtful accounts at least quarterly. Individual balances exceeding a threshold amount that are over 90 days past due are reviewed individually for collectability. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis by type of receivable. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we determine it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The balance of the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.06 million and $0.02 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

56


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition: Revenue and related costs are recorded when title and risk of loss passes to dealers and OEM customers. Our typical terms are FOB shipping point and Ex-works, which results in revenue being recognized and invoicing of dealers and OEM customers upon shipment from our facilities and when our products are picked up from our facilities, respectively.

Our policy requires in all instances certain minimum criteria be met in order to recognize revenue, specifically:

 

    Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

 

    The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable;

 

    Collectability is reasonably assured; and

 

    No significant obligations remain for future performance.

In addition, our policies regarding discounts, returns, post shipment obligations, customer acceptance, credits, rebates and protection or similar privileges are as follows:

 

    We recognize revenue consistently across all customers.

 

    Sales discounts are deducted from the revenue immediately as part of the final sales invoice to dealers and OEM customers. Occasional discounts for prompt cash payment are provided to dealers and OEM customers, which are deducted from the cash payment. We establish a reserve for future cash discounts based upon historical experience with dealers and OEM customers.

 

    Sales are final and there is no return period allowed.

 

    We have no post shipment obligations outside of warranty assurance, which is included in the sales price.

 

    Customer acceptance occurs by confirmation of the sales quote provided, which describes the terms and conditions of the sale.

 

    Any credits are determined based on investigation of specific customer concerns. Credits that may be issued are recognized in the period in which they are approved.

Concentrations of Business and Credit Risk: Caterpillar Inc., an OEM customer, and CEG Distributions PTY Ltd., our Australian master distributor, accounted for 36% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, and 64% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016. These two customers accounted for 39% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 as well as 68% of accounts receivable. Any disruptions to these relationships could have adverse effects on our financial results. We manage dealer and OEM customer concentration risk by evaluating in advance the financial condition and creditworthiness of dealers and OEM customers. We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, if needed, based upon expected collectability. Any reserves established for doubtful accounts is determined on a case-by-case basis when it is believed the payment of specific amounts owed to us is unlikely to occur. Although we have encountered isolated credit concerns related to our dealer base, management is not aware of any significant credit risks related to our dealer base and generally does not require collateral or other security to support account receivables, other than any UCC related sales.

Accrued Warranties: We record accruals for potential warranty claims based on our claim experience. Our products are typically sold with a standard warranty described below. A liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The liability is established using historical warranty claim experience for each product sold. Historical claim experience may be adjusted for known design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. Warranty reserves are reviewed quarterly to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may affect the potential warranty liability. The provision for warranty was $1.87 million and $2.14 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our standard product warranty is a limited product warranty that covers all of our products for a period of twelve months from delivery to and place into service by the first user (including as a demonstration or rental unit) or delivery to the first retail purchaser, whichever occurs first. We provide a separate limited warranty for our rubber tracks that extends for a period of twenty-four months from the date of start-up or 1,500 hours of operation (whichever occurs first) from delivery to and place into service by the first user (including as a demonstration or rental unit) or delivery to the first retail purchaser, whichever occurs first. All products and rubber track warranties commence within twenty-four months of the initial sale to an authorized distributor, regardless of use. Our warranties cover, at our option, the repair or replacement of any part that upon our inspection appears to have been defective in manufacture or materials. We also have the option, with respect to the limited warranty for our rubber track, to provide an allowance toward the purchase of a new rubber track. Our limited warranty is subject to certain conditions and will be voided under certain circumstances, including the installation of non-ASV parts and improper or unauthorized maintenance, alteration or repair. We also provide a separate warranty on our OEM replacement parts that are installed by our authorized dealers for a period of twelve months from the date of shipment or the period remaining in the product warranty for the affected product (whichever is shorter).

Litigation Claims: In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, we must assess the allegations and the likelihood that we will successfully defend the claim. When we believe it is probable that we will not prevail in a particular matter, we will then record an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel. The provision for litigation claims was $2.1 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Research and Development Costs: Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs are incurred in the development of new products or significant improvements to existing products.

Intangible Assets: Our identified intangible assets, consisting of patented technology, unpatented know how, tradename and trademarks and customer relationships, are recorded at approximately $25.8 million and $28.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, net of accumulated amortization. We capitalize certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to the Joint Venture has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, and customer relationships. Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. These definite lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated useful lives, which range from ten to twenty-five years.

There are three fundamental methods applied to value intangible assets outlined in FASB ASC 820. These methods include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach, and the Income Approach. Each of these valuation approaches were considered in our estimation of value.

Trade names and trademarks, patented and unpatented technology:   Valued using the Relief from Royalty method, a form of both the Market Approach and the Income Approach. Because we have established trade names and trademarks and have developed patented and unpatented technology, we estimated the benefit of ownership as the relief from the royalty expense that would need to be incurred in absence of ownership.

Customer relationships: Because there is a specific earnings stream that can be associated with customer relationships, we determined the fair value of these relationships based on the excess earnings method, a form of the Income Approach.

Technology: We hold a number of U.S. patents covering our undercarriage technology. The key patent related to our Posi-Track undercarriage and suspension expires in 2023. The average estimated useful life for our patents is ten years, but useful life is determined in part by any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit useful life. We have and will continue to dedicate technical resources toward the further development of our products and processes in order to maintain our competitive position.

 

58


Table of Contents

Goodwill: Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) and liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. We selected December 31 as the date for our required annual impairment test. We concluded there was no impairment of goodwill at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements: At December 31, 2016 we had $0.4 million of standby letters of credit outstanding. JP Morgan Chase has issued a $0.2 million standby letter of credit in favor of an insurance carrier to secure obligations which may arise in connection with future deductible payments that may be incurred under our workers’ compensation insurance policies. Wells Fargo and U.S. Bank have each issued standby letters of credit of $0.1 million relating to subsidies for retail and wholesale financing for equipment sales to dealers.

JOBS Act Accounting Election and Other Matters: We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can elect to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We may avail ourselves of this exemption from adopting new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, would not be subject to new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various legal proceedings, including the proceeding before the National Labor Relations Board described above in our “Risk Factors”. We are also involved in products liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of our business operations. We are covered under Manitex insurance policies with various deductibles to protect against claims with respect to such matters and we intend to purchase similar policies prior to or upon the consummation of this offering.

Since December 19, 2014, we are covered under Manitex workers’ compensation insurance policies with a $0.25 million per claim deductible. The workers’ compensation policies have aggregate retention limits of $1.9 million and $1.6 million for 2015 and 2016, respectively. Workers’ compensation claims related accidents before December 19, 2014 are not covered by insurance.

When the Joint Venture was formed on December 19, 2014, we assumed the products liability and workers’ compensation liabilities that existed at that date. Products liability claims with occurrence dates prior to December 19, 2014 will continue to be covered under Terex’s insurance policies. Those policies, however, have a $4.0 million self-insurance retention limit. Since December 19, 2014, we have been covered under a claims made products liability insurance policy in our name with a $0.5 million per claim self-insurance retention per claim and aggregate limit of $3.5 million. The policy covers any claim where the occurrence date is between January 1, 2010 and December 18, 2014 and has an unlimited future reporting period. This policy, however, does not cover claims that existed at December 19, 2014. Beginning on December 19, 2014, Manitex also maintains an occurrence based products liability policy with a $0.5 million per claim self-insurance retention limit.

Prior to or upon the consummation of this offering, we expect to be self-insured, up to certain limits, for product liability exposures, as well as for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage will be obtained for catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.

 

59


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

We design and manufacture a broad range of high quality compact track loader (“CTL”) and skid steer loader (“SSL”) equipment, marketed through a distribution network in North America, Australia and New Zealand under the ASV and Terex brands. We also serve as a private label original equipment manufacturer for several manufacturers.

CTLs are compact tracked vehicles with lift arms that function particularly well in wet, muddy, snowy or harsh conditions and where there are slopes and grades, such as in a construction, agriculture or forestry environment. They perform the carrying of loads, digging and flattening for site preparation, landscaping, finishing and clean up. Equipped with a wide range of attachments such as buckets, dozer blades, mulchers, augers, trenchers, levelers, rakes, snow blowers and demolition tools, they can also complete a number of other specialist functions such as mulching, road milling, and a large number of other functions for specific end users. The CTL generally has greater stability than an SSL, distributes the weight of the vehicle over a larger surface area, and therefore causes less damage to the site. For the year ended December 31, 2016, CTLs accounted for approximately 93.4% of our revenues from sales of machines.

SSLs are wheeled vehicles with lift arms that can be outfitted with the same attachments as CTLs and can therefore be used in most of the same applications. In dry conditions, or on firm surfaces such as asphalt, concrete or paved areas, SSLs generally can travel faster than CTLs, and are more maneuverable. SSLs generally have a lower initial cost than CTLs. For the year ended December 31, 2016, SSLs accounted for approximately 6.6% of our revenues from sales of machines. Our product lineup is described in more detail below under the heading “Our Business—Our Products”.

Our products are used principally in the construction, agricultural and forestry industries. As a full service manufacturer, we provide pre-and post-sale dealer support, after-sale technical support and replacement parts supplied from our dedicated logistics center. We also supply a limited version of our assembled undercarriage sets that exclude the suspension to Caterpillar for three versions of Caterpillar’s multi-terrain CTL machines marketed under the CAT brand under a supply contract with Caterpillar. Sales to our OEM and private label customers accounted for 34% of sales in 2015 and 25% of sales in 2016.

Our Corporate History

A.S.V., Inc. was incorporated in Minnesota in July 1983 to design and manufacture service vehicles utilizing track technology. ASV initially manufactured a track truck and then launched its first CTL machine in 1990. A.S.V., Inc. was a publicly traded company and listed on Nasdaq until it was acquired by Terex on March 3, 2008. As a design and manufacturing operation within the Terex organization, the company manufactured CTLs under the Terex brand and introduced its first SSL product in late 2010.

On December 19, 2014, Manitex and Terex entered into the Joint Venture. On December 23, 2014, A.S.V., Inc. was converted to a Minnesota limited liability company in connection with the Joint Venture and its name was changed to A.S.V., LLC.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to convert from a Minnesota limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, ASV Holdings, Inc., with Terex (through a wholly-owned subsidiary) and Manitex being our sole stockholders with the same ownership proportions as were in place prior to our conversion to a corporation. For a more detailed discussion of this conversion and the transactions contemplated in connection with the conversion, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Conversion” below.

 

60


Table of Contents

Significant Recent Activities

Since becoming a joint venture between Manitex and Terex, we have undertaken steps to reestablish the ASV brand, expand our product offerings, enhance distribution, focus product development and marketing in larger part on higher margin niche markets and improve margins. The following table highlights some of the key developments that have occurred since the beginning of the Joint Venture:

 

Significant Initiative Implemented

Since December 2014

  

Business Impact

12 new models launched across a broad range of CTL and SSL industry categories (See “—Our Products” below)   

•     Up-to-date products available that support our brand attributes.

 

•     Product features that more accurately target end-user needs.

 

•     Product designs that focus on modular designs, thereby resulting in both cost reduction and supply chain efficiencies.

 

Created independent ASV dealer network with a critical mass of dealers for further growth and expansion.   

•     From zero ASV dealer locations in December 2014 and 33 dealer locations in December 2015 to 133 dealer locations as of December 31, 2016, with each dealer relationship managed directly by our seven dedicated regional account sales managers.

 

•     Established dealer locations in 41 U.S. states and three Canadian provinces.

 

•     We intend for our ongoing distribution strategy to include aggressive expansion of our dealer base.

 

Assumed responsibility in October 2016 for sales previously made through the Terex distribution network when Terex divested a number of its construction equipment manufacturing operations.   

•     Managed transition of former Terex construction equipment dealers to ASV management, including conversion of Terex dealers to ASV branded product.

 

•     All sales now under our direct control and management.

 

•     Reduced cost structure by eliminating selling costs associated with former marketing agreement with Terex.

 

Targeted product development towards specific industry markets.   

•     Our products include the largest and smallest available in the industry classifications, which we believe provides clear differentiation for dealers and end-users and rationale for dealers to add the full range of ASV products to their existing portfolio.

 

•     Introduced “Heavy Duty” package targeted at higher price and higher margin niche sectors such as forestry.

 

•     We believe we now have a range of products specifically designed to penetrate the large and growing rental equipment market.

 

61


Table of Contents

Significant Initiative Implemented

Since December 2014

  

Business Impact

Implemented comprehensive cost reduction and margin improvement activities.   

•     Lower breakeven point through reduced costs.

 

•     In 2016 we achieved year-over-year cost reductions of $2.2 million, primarily through a combination of general business cost reduction activities and product cost reductions from purchasing savings and design improvements.

For more information on our corporate strategy, see “—Our Strategy” below.

Industry Overview

North American focused market: We are focused on the North American market and the Australia and New Zealand market, which together constitute a very significant proportion of the CTL and SSL markets. The tasks performed by CTLs and SSLs in North America are typically performed by different types of machines, such as dumper trucks and backhoes, in other parts of the world. Accordingly, CTLs and SSLs are not widely used in these markets, and we do not expect significant markets for our products to develop in these markets in the foreseeable future.

Growing demand for CTL and SSL equipment: According to Yengst Associates, the North American market for CTL and SSL equipment in 2015 was approximately $1.8 billion (41,125 units) and $1.1 billion (35,675 units), respectively. CTL volumes were projected flat for 2016, with a projected compound annual growth rate of 5.1% from 2016 through 2020. SSL volumes were projected down for 2016 (approximately 33,000 units), with a projected compound annual growth rate of 5.6% from 2016 through 2020.

There is a trend of growing relative demand for the CTL compared to the SSL due to its superior performance in wet, muddy and harsh conditions. The CTL share of the market has grown from approximately 30%, or 9,500 units, in 2009 to approximately 54%, or 41,125 units, in 2015. This trend is forecasted by Yengst Associates to continue for the next four to five years. CTL is our principal market.

 

 

LOGO

 

Sources:

   Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Skid Steer Loaders (July 2016)
   Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Compact Track Loaders (July 2016)

 

62


Table of Contents

End use applications for both CTLs and SSLs are numerous, particularly since machine versatility can be enhanced by the addition of a wide range of attachments. The key sectors of use are residential construction, agriculture, landscaping, construction site clean-up, forestry, general contractor use and the rental equipment industry, as shown in the graphs below.

 

LOGO    LOGO

 

Source:    Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Skid Steer Loaders (July 2016)
   Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Compact Track Loaders (July 2016)

Growing end user markets: The U.S. Census Bureau reported in February 2017 that through December 2016 seasonally adjusted construction spending was at an annual rate of $1,181.5 billion, 4.2% above the same period of 2015. In July 2016 the American Institute of Architects forecasted overall non-residential construction growth for 2017 of 5.6%.

A key driver for industry demand is the U.S. housing market given that CTL and SSL products are strongly suited for light construction. Since 2009, housing starts have incrementally increased year-over-year to a rate of 1.3 million units through February 2017, compared to 1.2 million units through February 2016.

 

 

LOGO

Approximately 52.9% of all equipment sales to the U.S. construction industry were to the rental equipment market. This is an important user of CTL and SSL equipment, with 71% of the total market sales of CTL and 33% for SSLs going to this market. The North American rental industry for construction equipment has experienced consistent expansion, with $47.3 billion forecasted for 2016 and $55.5 billion for 2020 (IHS Global Insight, Rental Equipment Register).

 

63


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Create a dedicated operation: We determined that we could more fully capture the potential of ASV and the benefits of a growing market by forming an independent public company solely focused on its own operations and managed by a dedicated executive team, experienced in a public company environment and implementing its own ASV business strategy, and resourced accordingly.

Succeed in a crowded market: In a competitive market, we have newly designed machines with desirable features and we expect to launch additional new products in the next 12 months. We have both the highest and smallest capacity CTL machines on the market. Our dealers can market the small and/or large machines either in their own right or as additional product to a competing manufacturer’s product they carry in order to complete a full product range offering. By securing distribution for our smallest and largest capacity products, we believe that we can subsequently get dealers to carry our full range of products.

Secure distribution for our product: We have established and are continuing to build a network of dealers to sell our product to end users or to use in their own rental operations. We have signed new dealers, converted dealers from the Terex dealer network to sell the ASV brand rather than the Terex brand of our product, or we sell our Terex branded product to Terex dealers. We intend to continue to sign new dealers or convert additional Terex dealers and to ensure we have dealer coverage across North America to adequately cover all geographic areas of demand.

Growth: We believe that our business has significant opportunity to grow organically by expanding our sales of our existing products and also through acquisitions. We expect to seek acquisitions in which we may acquire a product line or adjacent product lines that complement our core business. When evaluating acquisition targets, we will look for opportunities to expand our existing product offerings and technology, gain access to new geographic markets and dealers and capitalize on scale and cost efficiencies.

ASV’s Posi-Track CTLs:

ASV is the only manufacturer of rubber-tracked CTLs with multi-level suspension, as all other CTL manufacturers use a steel embed track system. The ASV drive system and configuration allows the use of lighter pure rubber tracks compared to steel embed track CTL systems, where rubber encases steel tracks, and the use of multi-level suspension improves machine performance by improving speed, traction, and impact on the underlying surface distribution of total vehicle weight over a larger surface area.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table and graphics summarize what we believe to be the benefits of our Posi-Track system to our CTL products:

 

ASV Patented Posi-Track System

  

Industry Standard Steel Embed Track System

Patented low-friction internal drive system

 

   Steel on steel fixed external drive sprocket

Patented multi-level suspension provides smoother ride for operator

 

   Rigid undercarriage fixed directly to machine chassis

Multiple ground contact points, with rollers that move independently:

 

•    provide lower ground pressure

 

•    improved traction

 

•    less ground disturbance under the tracks

 

   Limited number of rollers, rigid welded casement, fewer contact points

Lighter pure rubber tracks:

 

•    achieve speeds as high as 11 mph

 

•    typically last longer than steel embed tracks

  

Steel embed tracks with steel on steel contact.

 

Machines with steel embed tracks typically only achieve speeds of 6-8 mph

ASV Patented Rubber-Tracked Undercarriage System

 

 

LOGO

 

65


Table of Contents

Industry Standard Steel Embed Track System

 

LOGO

 

Our Products:

The market for CTL products is classified in the industry by rated operating capacity (ROC), (measured as 35% of load weight required to tip the machine over (“tip load”)) and segregates generally into four groupings, starting at below 2,000 pounds and finishing at or above 2,600 pounds. The market for SSL products is classified in the industry by lift capacity (measured at 50% of tip load) and segregates generally into three categories, starting at below 1,350 pounds and finishing at or above 1,751 pounds.

The lift arm design for SSLs and CTLs may be radial or vertical, depending on the design of its arm linkage to the chassis. A radial lift arm may be considered the better option when work is performed below eye level such as for excavation. Vertical lift arms are advantageous when work is conducted at eye level, and when lifting a load to greater heights required, such as loading a high-sided truck.

 

66


Table of Contents

The table below details our current product offerings, indicating in each case our ASV product model number, engine manufacturer, emissions standard (T4I and T4F refer to Tier 4 interim and Tier 4 Final emission standards), horsepower, lift arm design, and applicable industry classification (rated operating capacity (ROC) for CTLs and lift capacity for SSLs).

 

CTL

                     Industry Classification: Rated Operating Capacity  
                       <2,000 lbs     2000 < 2,300 lbs     2,300 < 2,600 lbs     2,600 lbs & over  
              Percentage of Market in 2015   28%     20%     14%     38%  
    

Engine

Manufacturer

                                     

ASV Product

     Emissions    Horsepower    Lift Arm Design                        

RT30

   Perkins   T4I    32.7    Radial     665        

RT50

   Perkins   T4I    50.0    Radial     1,600        

RT60

   Perkins   T4I    60.0    Radial     1,900        

VT70

   Kubota   T4F    65.0    Vertical         2,328    

RT75

   Cummins   T4F    74.0    Radial           2,650  

RT120

   Cummins   T4F    120.0    Radial           3,535  

RT120F

   Cummins   T4F    120.0    Radial           3,745  

SSL

                     Industry Classification: By Lift Capacity        
                       0<1,350 lbs     1,351<1,750 lbs     1,751+lbs        
             

Percentage of Market in 2015

  10%     20%     70%        
    

Engine

Manufacturer

                                     

ASV Product

     Emissions    Horsepower    Lift Arm Design                        

RS50

   Perkins   T4 I    50.0    Radial       1,650      

RS60

   Perkins   T4 I    60.0    Radial         2,000    

VS60

   Perkins   T4 I    60.0    Vertical         2,300    

RS75

   Deutz   T4F    74.0    Radial         2,600    

VS75

   Deutz   T4F    74.0    Vertical         3,500    

Since 2008 and up to the formation of the Joint Venture in December 2014, we sold our product under the Terex brand name. In the second quarter of 2015, we launched the ASV brand with a product range of four CTL and four SSL machines. These were CTL machines that emphasized features such as power, torque and serviceability, in addition to our Posi-Track undercarriage, and our first full range of SSL products. Subsequent to the initial roll out, we have launched an additional four machines, taking the total number of ASV products brought to market so far to twelve. This includes the largest capacity machine in the market, the RT120F and the first ASV vertical lift CTL and SSL machines, the VT70 and the VS60 and VS75.

Highlights of our product lineup include:

 

    Our patented “Posi-Track” CTL system’s enhanced ability to operate in tougher environments at a faster speed, lower ground pressure and higher ground clearance, with less track wear and maintenance than CTLs with traditional undercarriage systems. This has enabled us to be the only manufacturer in the market to supply rubber-tracked CTLs, offering what we believe is a clear differentiation and competitive advantage over the competition.

 

    The largest, highest performance machines (RT120) available that deliver superior operating performance in terms of deliverable power and capacity and that can operate longer at higher outputs.

 

    A smaller-sized machine (RT30) targeted to an entry-level end-user market for both commercial and individual buyers, which offers maneuverability in denser residential construction locations and other applications where space is constrained while maintaining the functionality of a larger CTL.

 

    Machines designed for the higher volume rental and commercial market, such as the VS75, VT70 and RT75, which we believe offer higher output and performance advantage compared to higher-priced competitor machines, including significantly reduced time required to perform the most frequently encountered maintenance requirements.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our machines utilize a reliable, widely supported engine selection for machines in the 30-65 horsepower range and a high performance engine for machines in the 75-120 horsepower range. We have also introduced product features that address the needs of selected niche markets, such as a vertical loader design for the rental market, and performance features, such as high torque and cooling capacity and a Heavy Duty Package to meet the needs of aggressive environments such as forestry and road profiling.

We are able to focus on the high capacity end of the market with our 75 to 120 horsepower products, which we believe offer superior performance, productivity and return on investment. We aim to leverage this success in the markets for our 50 and 60 horsepower machines. Our 30 horsepower machines are aimed at space-constrained commercial applications and entry-level retail opportunities. The RT30 is currently the only CTL of its size and operating class in the industry.

Our machines comply with either the EPA’s Tier 4 Interim (T4I) or Tier 4 Final (T4F) emissions standards. Tier 4 Interim emissions standards became effective in 2011 for all new, high-horsepower off-road diesel engines and significantly cut emissions. Tier 4 Final emissions standards became effective in 2015 and required further emissions reductions by the end of 2017. We expect to complete the upgrade of our 30 horsepower through 60 horsepower T4I machines, which include the RT30, RT50, RT60 and the RS50, RS60 and VS60, to T4F by the end of 2018. In the interim period, we maintain emissions compliance by using compliance credits generated internally from each of our T4F compliant machines and by using compliance credits made available to us from our engine supplier for our T4I machines.

Our ongoing product strategy is to provide machines that are designed to meet the specific needs of potential users in our target markets including recent and continuing initiatives directed at the rental markets, in which ease of maintenance is a particular priority, and forestry where vehicle power, cooling capacity, torque power and track life are especially important.

Customers and Distribution:

We sell our machines and parts to independent dealers or rental-only dealers, principally in North America, Australia and New Zealand under the ASV and Terex brands. In Australia, we have a master distributor with ten dealers, and in New Zealand we have two dealers. Our largest network of dealers is in North America. Supplementing our dealer network are private label original equipment manufacturer relationships with several manufacturers, including a supply agreement to provide rubber tracked undercarriages for use on a number of such customers’ own branded multi-terrain track loaders. The largest OEM machine relationship is for our SSL product. OEM and undercarriage sales are made based on the sales demand provided to us. Sales to independent dealers or rental-only dealers are made by our regional sales account managers. We rely upon our strong dealer relationships, proprietary product engineering, brand recognition, a comprehensive product offering including after-sales parts support, our distribution network and retail and dealer financing programs to generate our sales.

North American Distribution—Background

Beginning in December 2014, our North American distribution strategy was based on adding incremental independent ASV brand dealers to complement an existing Terex distribution network to which we sold our products. This distribution strategy focused on establishing a dealer presence in open market regions where Terex did not have distribution capabilities, and commenced with a sequential geographic roll out plan across eight sales regions, beginning in the Midwest. Terex sales account managers and support staff were responsible for selling our product to the Terex dealers. Initially, two ASV sales account managers were responsible for establishing the ASV independent dealer network in the United States and selling product to them. At December 2014 we did not have any independent ASV dealers.

During the second half of 2015 and in 2016, sales to the Terex dealer network began to significantly decline, principally we believe due to the uncertainty of the dealers regarding the strategy of Terex towards its construction equipment. In June 2016, Terex announced the sale of certain of its construction brands, including

 

68


Table of Contents

its German compact construction equipment business, to Yanmar Holdings Co. Ltd. Over the same period, the number of Terex account managers selling the Terex brand of our equipment progressively reduced from ten to four. In response, we have converted a number of Terex dealers from buying Terex branded product to buying ASV product, and will continue to convert others who may wish to transition that meet our criteria for our dealer network. We have also added our own sales account managers to sell our product and interface with the dealer network.

Current North American distribution strategy

Starting mid-2016, we are seeking to secure distribution wherever there is an opportunity to develop dealers and capture market share. We continue to sign new ASV dealers and transition Terex supported dealers to the ASV brand, focus on defined retail markets such as landscaping, forestry, and construction, and target larger independent rental companies.

To implement this strategy, we have progressively increased the number of ASV sales account managers in North America from two to seven, who are focused on regional territories, and established 93 dealers with 133 locations as of December 31, 2016, compared to zero locations in December 2014 and 33 locations in December 2015. By the end of 2017, we expect to have substantially completed the transition of former Terex dealers who want to convert to the ASV brand and who are approved through the ASV process. Our objective is to continue to add new ASV dealers across North America to increase our geographic coverage and also to add to the number of dealers in markets that are of sufficient size to warrant multiple dealers.

The geographic distribution of the independent ASV dealer locations in North America is shown below. This includes only new ASV dealers or Terex dealers that have converted to carry the ASV brand.

 

 

LOGO

Rental Dealers

As a result of the products we have recently launched, we believe we can now supply CTL and SSL machines to meet the needs of the rental equipment market, a market that has experienced and we believe will continue to experience growth. These products, such as the VS 75, VT 70 and RT 75, are designed to be attractive to the rental company business model, and we are targeting to increase our sales to a number of rental accounts that will add to our revenues and provide broader brand exposure to a wider set of users.

Operational Strategy:

Although we perform some fabrication and painting in our facility, we are not vertically integrated to any significant extent. Rather, we assemble our products from components received from third parties, which we

 

69


Table of Contents

believe is more appropriate for our business, allowing quicker response times and increased flexibility in manufacturing. We have sought to employ an operational strategy throughout the organization that is targeted to drive out waste and improve product flow that is integrated with safety, quality and supply chain management. Our improvements to date have resulted in improved order to shipment time, which in addition to responding to dealer and OEM customer needs, reduces working capital requirements. For 2016, we achieved annual savings from the cost reduction initiative of $2.2 million.

Growth and Acquisition Strategy:

We believe that our business has significant opportunity to grow through acquisitions. We expect to seek acquisitions, in which we may acquire a product line, or adjacent product lines that complement our core business. When evaluating acquisition targets, we will look for opportunities to expand our existing product offerings and technology, gain access to new geographic markets and dealers and capitalize on scale and cost efficiencies.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive advantages in the markets we serve, including the following:

 

    Market . We participate in a market that is we expect to experience growth in North America facilitated by a steady increase in U.S. new housing starts and overall increases in construction spending.

 

    Up-to-date products designed specifically for the market . Our products have been either re-designed or launched in the past 18 months and we believe are some of the most up-to-date in the market. Our undercarriage design is patent protected to 2023.

 

    Focused management team . We have an experienced management team, dedicated solely to our operation, to implement our strategy. Each member of the executive team has been involved with ASV since the Joint Venture and has been instrumental in developing our strategy.

 

    Strong name recognition and loyalty . We believe the ASV name has a strong legacy dating from the launch of the original ASV products in 1983, and we believe it has to this day retained a strong brand loyalty amongst users who seek the benefits of our Posi-Track undercarriage.

 

    Growing independent distribution network . In the last two years we have established a new distribution network in North America that is serviced by our team of regional sales managers.

 

    Recurring revenue stream from parts sales . Parts sales typically constitute 25% to 30% of our annual total sales and are characterized by higher margins than product sales.

 

70


Table of Contents

Revenues

Our revenue distribution by category, geography and machine sales by type are shown in the tables below.

 

    Twelve months ended
December 31, 2016
    Twelve months ended
December 31, 2015
 
    % of Total     $     % of Total     $  

Revenues by Category

       

Machine sales

    59.3     61,559,899       56.2     65,750,556  

Parts sales

    30.8     31,936,568       26.3     30,799,252  

Undercarriage sales

    9.2     9,567,137       16.5     19,303,309  

Other

    0.7     739,042       0.9     1,081,561  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100.0     103,802,646       100.0     116,934,679  

Revenues by Geography

       

United States

    79.4     82,413,204       81.9     95,725,255  

Canada

    5.2     5,420,371       5.3     6,272,749  

Australia and New Zealand

    15.1     15,655,912       11.3     13,168,805  

Other

    0.3     313,159       1.5     1,767,869  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100.0     103,802,646       100.0     116,934,679  

Machine Sales by Machine Type

       

CTL

    93.4     57,469,047       85.3     56,054,557  

SSL

    6.6     4,090,852       14.7     9,695,999  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100.0     61,559,899       100     65,750,556  

Revenue by geography follows closely with the market distribution, where the largest market demand is in North America and the second largest market is Australia and New Zealand. Our estimated market share in 2015, excluding sales of other brands that we manufacture under our private label original equipment manufacturer agreements, is 4% for CTLs and 1% for SSLs. Sales by category shows that in addition to machine sales (both CTL and SSL), our revenues consist of after-market parts sales of approximately 25% - 30% and sales of our undercarriage to a private label original equipment manufacturer customers have varied between 11% and 20% in recent times. Our CTL machine and SSL machine sales accounted for 93.4% and 6.6% of machine sales for 2016, respectively. Revenues and sales are discussed in more detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Competition

We face a competitive global manufacturing market for our products. We compete with other manufacturers based on many factors, particularly price, performance and product reliability. Most of our competitors are large, international industrial equipment manufacturers that are significantly larger than we are, and have significantly greater financial, managerial and administrative resources than we have. The market for SSL and CTL equipment in North America is very competitive and has seen a number of new entrants in the past few years. The CTL and SSL markets are served by 16 suppliers, with our top four competitors in each market—Doosan (Bobcat), Caterpillar, Kubota and John Deere—accounting for approximately 65% - 75% of total industry sales. We do not have a single competitor across either of the CTL or SSL machines.

 

71


Table of Contents

We are the only manufacturer of a rubber-tracked CTL, with the exception of three Caterpillar models for which we supply our undercarriage. Other significant competitors in both the CTL and SSL markets include Takeuchi, Case, New Holland, Mustang Gehl and JCB. The table below provides the 2015 unit sales in North America for the largest suppliers in the industry:

 

     2015 Unit Sales    

Location of Production Facility

     CTL      SSL      

Competitor

       

Bobcat

     12,725        14,900     N. Dakota, USA / Czech Republic

Caterpillar

     7,100        4,200     N. Carolina, USA / India

Kubota

     5,550        (1   Osaka, Japan

Deere

     5,100        4,300     Iowa, USA

Case/New Holland

     3,700        7,050     Kansas, USA

Takeuchi

     2,300        275     Sakaki, Japan

All other

     3,274        4,610     —  

ASV

     1,376        340     Grand Rapids, Minnesota
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     41,125        35,675     —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Source: Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Skid Steer Loaders (July 2016) and Yengst Associates, Equipment Analysis, North America, Compact Track Loaders (July 2016).

 

(1) Kubota entered the market for SSLs in 2015.

CTL and SSL Regulatory Matters:

Since CTLs and SSLs are mobile off-highway products utilizing diesel power, they have been subject to EPA mandated emissions regulations that went into effect initially in 1996 with Tier 1 in North America and were closely mirrored in Europe with EU Stage I regulations in 1999. Regulations now also exist in Canada. The regulatory authorities have primarily focused on the reduction of particulate matter (PM) and oxides of nitrogen (NOx). Carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbons (HC) are also regulated but are inherently low from diesel engines. EPA Tier 4 Final and EU Stage IV regulations call for PM and NOx levels to be reduced significantly for most power categories. The use of advanced engine technology and exhaust after-treatment will be required to achieve these near zero emissions in off-highway equipment. Diesel fuel is also a critical part of the solution. Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel is necessary for most after-treatment technology as high levels of sulfur render the after-treatment less effective.

The development of engines to achieve compliance has been undertaken by our engine manufacturers. Compliance with Tier 4 Final regulations in North America will be required for our products by the end of 2017 and we continue the transition to Tier 4 Final power systems in our products. While plans are in place to comply with the phase-in of Tier 4 Final regulations, we are dependent on our engine suppliers to continue to timely deliver. We expect to complete the upgrade of our 30 horsepower through 60 horsepower T4I machines, which include the RT30, RT50, RT60 and the RS50, RS60 and VS60, to T4F by the end of 2018. In the interim period, we maintain emissions compliance by using compliance credits generated internally from each of our T4F compliant machines and by using compliance credits made available to us from our engine supplier for our T4I machines. A failure to timely receive appropriate engines from our suppliers could result in our being placed in uncompetitive positions or without finished product when needed. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations has required, and will continue to require, us to make expenditures, however we do not expect these expenditures to have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Employees and Labor Relations

As of December 31, 2016 we had 153 full time employee and four part-time employees. Currently, three of our employees participate in a collective bargaining agreement with the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers,

 

72


Table of Contents

Local 647. In addition, the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and Helpers brought a proceeding against us before the National Labor Relations Board in May 2014 regarding alleged unfair labor practices at our Grand Rapids, Minnesota facility. As discussed above in “Risk Factors”, a federal administrative order was entered in June 2015 in favor of the union that requires, among other things, that we offer reinstatement to 13 terminated employees and make such employees whole for loss of earnings and benefits (including a gross up for adverse tax consequences for lump-sum back pay). Under this order, we are also required to bargain with the union as a representative of the assembly employees at our Grand Rapids, Minnesota facility and post informational notices at our facility. We are in the process of appealing the June 2015 decision. Overall, we consider our employee relations to be good.

Product Development

As of December 31, 2016 we employ 28 people in engineering and research and development at our facility. We test our products on a leased sixty-five acre facility located three miles from our manufacturing facility that provides a rigorous environment to stress test and cold weather test equipment in order to validate design concepts and optimize compliance of design with regulatory specifications before product launch. In 2015 and 2016, we expensed $1.9 million and $2.0 million in research and development cost, respectively.

Properties

We own our principal manufacturing facility in Grand Rapids, Minnesota, which comprises 27 acres with 227,910 sq. ft. for manufacturing, additional storage building of 16,000 sq. ft. and a retail outlet store of 10,080 sq. ft. We lease a sixty-five acre test track facility located three miles from our facility from Terex under a lease agreement that expires in 2034 (the “Terex Lease”). For more information on the Terex Lease, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Material Agreements and Arrangements with Terex and Manitex” below.

After-sales parts support is provided from a dedicated distribution facility managed by third party logistics experts, located near a FedEx / UPS hub in Memphis, Tennessee, that provides the ability to deliver orders anywhere in the U.S. by 10:00 AM Central Time if ordered by 8:00 PM Central Time the previous day. Through this level of support we are able to minimize down time for our dealers and OEM customers.

We believe our buildings have been generally well maintained, are in good operating condition and are adequate for our current production requirements.

Material and Supply Arrangements

Our operating philosophy is to design, source, integrate, quantitatively assess, assemble, ship and integrate product from parts and systems available from third parties. Consequently we purchase a majority of our components as partially and fully finished assemblies, rather than raw materials for conversion. However, steel is a major part of the chassis, cabs and wheel rims of our product and as such availability and pricing from our suppliers is subject to the global steel market. Some components may not be easily interchanged with components from alternative suppliers and have been designed into our products. For example our engine strategy is to utilize a small number of suppliers such as Kubota, Perkins, Cummins and Deutz. We have not experienced any recent shortages of necessary materials. During 2016 we introduced strategic supply chain management to increase focus on sourcing components and to proactively manage our supply base. This broadens and increases responsibility from a solely purchasing function with anticipated benefits in both delivered quality and cost of components that we purchase.

Seasonality and Backlog

We experience some seasonality in our business, with sales generally stronger towards the end of the first calendar quarter and in the second calendar quarter of the year. Our growing business in the southern hemisphere

 

73


Table of Contents

(Australia and New Zealand), is stronger in the third and fourth quarters. Backlog consists of purchase orders for machines or replacement parts or firm 60-day schedule commitments for undercarriages. Backlog believed by us to be firm at December 31, 2015 was $10.8 million, and was $6.9 million at December 31, 2016. We expect to ship product to fulfil existing backlog within the next twelve months. While still an important measure, the importance of backlog has diminished in recent years as order to ship times have been substantially reduced and our flexibility to manufacture has been improved.

Tradename and trademarks

The ASV trade name and the Posi-Track product trademark are well known within the market and are important assets that the company employs in its marketing efforts.

Customer relationships

Caterpillar Inc., an OEM customer, and CEG Distributions PTY Ltd., our Australian master distributor, accounted for 36% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, and 64% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016. These two customers accounted for 39% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 68% of the accounts receivable at December 31, 2015. Any disruptions to these customer relationships could have adverse effects on our financial results. We manage dealer and OEM customer concentration risk by evaluating in advance the financial condition and creditworthiness of dealers and OEM customers. We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, if needed, based upon expected collectability. Any reserves established for doubtful accounts is determined on a case-by-case basis when it is believed the payment of specific amounts owed to us is unlikely to occur. Although we have encountered isolated credit concerns related to our dealer base, management is not aware of any significant credit risks related to our dealer base and generally does not require collateral or other security to support account receivables, other than any UCC related sales.

Legal proceedings

We are involved in various legal proceedings, including products liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of our business operations. We are covered under Manitex insurance policies with various deductibles to protect against claims with respect to such matters and we intend to purchase similar policies prior to or upon the consummation of this offering.

Since December 19, 2014, we are covered under Manitex workers’ compensation insurance policies with a $0.25 million per claim deductible. The workers’ compensation policies have aggregate retention limits of $1.9 million and $1.6 million for 2015 and 2016, respectively. Workers’ compensation claims related accidents before December 19, 2014 are not covered by insurance.

When the Joint Venture was formed on December 19, 2014, we assumed the products liability and workers’ compensation liabilities that existed at that date. Products liability claims with occurrence dates prior to December 19, 2014 will continue to be covered under Terex’s insurance policies. Those policies, however, have a $4.0 million self-insurance retention limit. Since December 19, 2014, we have been covered under a Manitex claims made products liability insurance policy with a $0.5 million per claim self-insurance retention per claim and aggregate limit of $3.5 million. The policy covers any claim where the occurrence date is between January 1, 2010 and December 18, 2014 and has an unlimited future reporting period. This policy, however, does not cover claims that existed at December 19, 2014. Beginning on December 19, 2014, Manitex also maintains an occurrence based products liability policy with a $0.5 million per claim self-insurance retention limit.

Prior to or upon the consummation of this offering, we expect to be self-insured, up to certain limits, for product liability exposures, as well as for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage will be obtained for catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.

 

74


Table of Contents

Currently, we have one pending products liability case. We believe we have established adequate reserves on our balance sheet with respect to this case, which is as follows:

Jones v. Terex Corporation, et. al. , which is pending in the Marin County Superior Court, California. In 2014, the plaintiff was injured when a SSL, which we manufactured, backed over the plaintiff’s legs and back. The SSL was operated by a Marin County, California employee. The plaintiff claims that although the backup alarm was operating properly, the loader was defective because it lacked backup mirrors. The parties have agreed in principle to terms on a settlement agreement with respect to this case and are working to finalize the settlement.

We also have the proceeding pending on appeal before the National Labor Relations Board, as discussed above under “Risk Factors”.

 

75


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age (as of January 1, 2017) and position of each of the persons expected to serve as our directors and executive officers upon completion of this offering. It is expected that our director nominees will become directors prior to or upon the consummation of this offering.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Andrew M. Rooke

     59      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Melissa How

     46      Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

James DiBiagio

     59      Chief Operating Officer

Brian J. Henry

     58      Director

Michael A. Lisi

     60      Director

Joseph M. Nowicki

     54      Director

David Rooney

     61      Director

The following includes a brief biography for each of the persons listed above, including information regarding the experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills of each potential director that caused us to determine that each such potential director should serve as a director on the Board. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or potential directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the persons listed below and any other persons pursuant to which any individual below was selected to serve as a director or officer.

Executive Officers

Andrew M. Rooke. Age 59. Mr. Rooke has served as our Chief Executive Officer since December 2016. He was the President and Chief Operating Officer of Manitex from March 2007 through December 2016 and has been directly engaged in the operations of our business as a member of our Board of Managers since the formation of the Joint Venture in December 2014. Mr. Rooke joined Manitex in January 2007 as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Testing and Assembly Equipment segment. From 2002 through June 2006, he was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance for GKN Sinter Metals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GKN plc, a company with 46 operating units worldwide that is engaged in the design, manufacture and sales of highly engineered components and assemblies to the global automotive and industrial OEMs, including con rods, transmissions and gears. During his employment with GKN Sinter Metals, Inc., Mr. Rooke was responsible for worldwide finance operations, including reporting, treasury, compliance and analysis, information technology, worldwide procurement and business strategy, including mergers and acquisitions. Prior to that, Mr. Rooke was Director and Controller of GKN Off-Highway and Auto Components Division. In February 2012, Mr. Rooke was appointed and serves as Member of Spartan Motors, Inc. Board of Directors. Mr. Rooke holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics from York University in the United Kingdom is qualified as a Chartered Accountant and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

We believe Mr. Rooke is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to his significant management and executive experience with the Company and Manitex. Mr. Rooke brings an extensive knowledge and understanding of the Company and our business.

Melissa How. Age 46. Ms. How brings more than sixteen years of leadership experience in both the private and public sectors. She joined ASV, Inc. in 1999 after spending seven years as an accounting supervisor with Industrial Lubricant Co. She was named Controller of ASV in 2006 and assumed the lead finance role for ASV in 2009. In 2012, under Terex ownership, she became Finance Director of Terex with responsibility for several Terex business segments and with a focus on internal controls and strategic objectives. In that capacity, Ms. How has served as our Finance Director from December 2014 and will continue to do so until her appointment as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

76


Table of Contents

James DiBiagio. Age 59. Mr. DiBiagio has served as our General Manager since joining us in January 2013 and will continue to do so until his appointment as Chief Operating Officer effective upon the completion of this offering. Prior to joining us, Mr. DiBiagio served as the Senior Vice President of Operations for Oystar North America, a packaging machinery and technology company from March 2011 until June 2012. Mr. DiBiagio has more than 35 years of diverse manufacturing, operational and business leadership with companies serving a variety of industries including aerospace, the automotive industry and capital equipment, such as Manitowoc, Johnson Controls and Kaydon.

Non-Employee Directors

Brian J. Henry. Age 58. Mr. Henry has served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Business Development of Terex since October 2002. Mr. Henry has been employed by Terex since 1993 and previously held at Terex the positions of Vice President, Finance and Business Development, Vice President-Finance and Treasurer, and Vice President-Corporate Development and Acquisitions. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Henry was employed by KCS Industries, L.P. and its predecessor, KCS Industries, Inc., an entity that until December 31, 1993, provided administrative, financial, marketing, technical, real estate and legal services to Terex and its subsidiaries. Prior to that, Mr. Henry was Associate and then Vice President, Corporate Finance, at PaineWebber Incorporated and was employed there for five years focusing on high yield and leveraged finance. Mr. Henry holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Georgetown University and a Master of Management degree from Northwestern University.

We believe Mr. Henry is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to his extensive industry experience with Terex and his expertise in development and implementation of strategic acquisitions, development and joint ventures as he has provided leadership for more than 50 M&A transactions and joint ventures worldwide during the past 26 years.

Michael A. Lisi . Age 60. Since March 2015, Mr. Lisi has been a partner and managing member with Bridge Intellectual Property Services PLLC, a law firm based out of Royal Oak, Michigan. Mr. Lisi’s practice is concentrated in the area of intellectual property, which includes global trademark and copyright clearance, registration and enforcement, and providing intellectual property and litigation analyses and reports for use in audits and securities filings of public company clients. He has significant experience in advising companies on competition and commercial legal issues as well as tax issues relating to intangible assets. As the managing member of Bridge Intellectual Property Services, Mr. Lisi is responsible for tax-related matters, compensation, benefit plans, ethics compliance, and business development and marketing. From April 2004 to February 2015, Mr. Lisi was a partner at Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP, a law firm based out of Detroit, Michigan. Mr. Lisi received a J.D. degree from the University of Michigan.

We believe Mr. Lisi is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to his extensive experience advising public companies.

Joseph M. Nowicki. Age 54. Mr. Nowicki is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Beacon Roofing Supply, a Nasdaq-listed distributor of roofing and building materials, a position he assumed in March 2013. At Beacon, Mr. Nowicki is responsible for the oversight of finance, information technology and investor relations. Mr. Nowicki also serves on the Board of Directors for Diversified Restaurant Holdings, a position he has held since 2010. Mr. Nowicki served as the Chief Financial Officer of Spartan Motors, Inc., a Nasdaq-listed specialty vehicle manufacturer from June 2009 to March 2013. Previously, Mr. Nowicki spent approximately 17 years with Herman Miller, Inc., a furniture manufacturer, where he served as Treasurer and as a member of Herman Miller’s key leadership team, managing all treasury activities for the company including establishing the overall capital and debt structure, overseeing the pension and investment strategy, and leading investor relations activities. Before joining Herman Miller, he held several operations and finance positions, including working for IBM and General Motors, and spent several years in public accounting. Mr. Nowicki is a Certified Public Accountant and received a Master of Business Administration from the University of Michigan—Ross School of Business.

We believe Mr. Nowicki is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to his extensive public company experience and specialized accounting, finance and capital markets expertise.

 

77


Table of Contents

David Rooney. Age 61. Since 2008, Mr. Rooney has served as a consultant to organizations developing client-centered strategies and tactics on brand positioning, integrated organizations and customer relationship management. Mr. Rooney has over 30 years of experience in marketing and market analysis, global communications and product positioning, including previous roles as Director of Chrysler Marketing and Global Communications for Chrysler/Daimler Chrysler Corporation from 2006 to 2008 and Executive Director of Marketing for SAAB Cars North America from 2011 to 2012. Since 2008, Mr. Rooney has served as an Adjunct Professor at Oakland University School of Business Administration in Rochester, Michigan and is currently an Executive in Residence. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Marketing from Michigan State University and a Master in Business Administration from the University of Detroit.

We believe Mr. Rooney is qualified to serve as a director of the Company due to his extensive experience advising companies on product and brand positioning, customer relations, communications and sales and distribution.

Composition of our Board

Upon consummation of this offering, our bylaws will provide that the size of our Board will be determined from time to time by resolution of our Board. Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will consist of five directors, four of whom we expect to qualify as independent directors under the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq Capital Market.

Election of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for a classified Board consisting of three classes of directors. We will have two directors in Class I, two directors in Class II and one director in Class III, each serving a staggered three-year term. At each annual meeting of stockholders, our stockholders will elect successors to directors whose terms then expire to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. We expect to divide our directors among our three classes as indicated above prior to or upon the consummation of this offering. The terms of our Class I directors will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018, the terms of our Class II directors will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019 and the term of our Class III director will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

Independence of our Board and Board Committees

Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, or the Nasdaq Listing Rules, requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors be “independent” as defined in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) within one year of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will complete our review of the composition of our Board and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family and other relationships, including those relationships described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” we believe that none of our non-employee directors, representing four of our five directors, will have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors will be deemed “independent” as that term is defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Mr. Rooke will not be considered independent because of his service as our Chief Executive Officer.

We also believe that each director who will serve as a member of the audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees will satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the

 

78


Table of Contents

SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as applicable. In making these determinations on the independence of our directors, our Board will consider the relationships that each such non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances our Board deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Leadership Structure of the Board

Our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, will provide our Board with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of our Board and Chief Executive Officer and/or the implementation of a presiding or lead director in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure would be in the best interests of the Company. We expect that Mr. Rooke will initially serve as the Chairman of our Board. We believe that this leadership structure is appropriate at this time because:

 

    it promotes unified leadership and direction for the Company;

 

    it allows for a single, clear focus for management to execute the Company’s strategic initiatives and business plans;

 

    our Chief Executive Officer is in the best position to chair Board meetings and to ensure that the key business issues and risks facing the Company are brought to the Board’s attention; and

 

    we can more effectively execute our strategy and business plans to maximize stockholder value if the Chairman of the Board is also a member of the management team.

We anticipate that our Board will periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our Board will have oversight responsibility for the Company’s risk management process. The Board will administer its oversight function through its committees, but will retain responsibility for general oversight of risks. The committee chairs will be responsible for reporting findings regarding material risk exposure to the Board as quickly as possible. The Board will delegate to the audit committee oversight responsibility to review our code of ethics, including whether the code of ethics is successful in preventing illegal or improper conduct, and our management’s risk assessments and management’s financial risk management policies, including the policies and guidelines used by management to identify, assess and manage our exposure to financial risk. Our compensation committee will assess and monitor any major compensation-related risk exposures and the steps management should take to monitor or mitigate such exposures.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

Upon consummation of this offering, we will establish an audit committee in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The primary duties and responsibilities of our audit committee will be to oversee (1) the integrity of our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements; (2) our systems of internal controls; (3) our code of ethics and business conduct; and (4) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, our audit committee will appoint and monitor the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent auditors and provide an avenue of communication between our independent auditors, management and the Board.

Messrs. Henry, Lisi, Nowicki and Rooney will be members of our audit committee. We believe the members of the audit committee will be “independent directors” as that term is defined in Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2), Nasdaq Rule 5605(c)(2)(A), and Rule 10A-3 as promulgated under the Exchange Act. Mr. Nowicki qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

 

79


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will establish a compensation committee. In general, our compensation committee will review and make recommendations regarding the compensation of our executive officers and certain other key employees.

We anticipate that our compensation committee will approve the compensation provisions set forth in the employment agreements of our named executive officers. We also anticipate that the compensation committee will determine and approve bonus and equity awards, and establish performance objectives. The compensation committee will evaluate the performance of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and determine his compensation based on this evaluation without our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer present during voting or deliberations on his compensation. With respect to the other named executive officers, the compensation committee will consider the recommendations of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer as to performance evaluations and recommended compensation arrangements. The compensation of all named executive officers is subject to the final approval of the committee.

Messrs. Henry, Lisi, Nowicki and Rooney will be members of our compensation committee. The compensation committee charter will require that members of the compensation committee be “independent directors” as that term is defined in Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2), qualify as “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange and “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code, and be free from any other relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment as a member of the committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. Messrs. Henry, Lisi, Nowicki and Rooney will be members of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee charter will require that members of the committee be “independent directors” as that term is defined in Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2). The principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be to:

 

    develop and recommend to the Board minimum qualifications for director nominees;

 

    identify and evaluate potential candidates for the Board and committee positions;

 

    recommend to the Board a slate of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders;

 

    recommend to the Board individuals to be appointed to the Board in connection with vacancies or newly created director positions and the termination of directors for cause or other appropriate reasons;

 

    review the size and composition of the Board and committees;

 

    develop and recommend our corporate governance guidelines;

 

    develop, review and revise a management succession plan and consider and recommend candidates for successors to the Chief Executive Officer and, when appropriate and taking into account the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations, successors for our other executive officers;

 

    review and recommend our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance;

 

    evaluate and make recommendations regarding stockholder proposals submitted to the Board for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement; and

 

    develop, recommend and oversee an annual self-evaluation process for the Board and its committees.

Board Diversity

Upon consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with our Board, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required

 

80


Table of Contents

for our Board as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), we expect that the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and our Board, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

    personal and professional integrity;

 

    ethics and values;

 

    experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;

 

    experience in the industries in which we compete;

 

    experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

 

    diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

    conflicts of interest; and

 

    practical and mature business judgment.

Code of Ethics

We plan to adopt a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the Nasdaq rules. The code of ethics will also apply to all of our employees as well as our Board. In the event that any changes are made or any waivers from the provisions of the code of ethics are made, these events would be disclosed on our website or in a report on Form 8-K within four business days of such event. The code of ethics will be posted on our website at http://www.asvllc.com. Copies of the code of ethics will be provided free of charge upon written request directed to Investor Relations, ASV Holdings, Inc., 840 Lily Lane, Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744.

 

81


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers, or NEOs. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

Our compensation committee, who will be appointed by our Board, will be responsible for establishing, implementing and monitoring our compensation philosophy and objectives. We seek to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable and competitive. Compensation of our executives is structured around the achievement of individual performance and near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives.

We currently operate as a joint venture of Manitex and Terex and will continue to do so until consummation of the LLC Conversion and this offering. Until December 2016, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer served as an executive officer of Manitex and as a result, Manitex determined the 2015 and 2016 compensation of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, our named executive officers received equity-based compensation from Manitex in connection with their services to the Company.

Mr. DiBiagio’s and Ms. How’s compensation for 2015 and 2016 was determined by Terex, Manitex, our Board of Managers and Mr. Rooke, and not determined or reviewed by a compensation committee. As an executive officer of Manitex, Mr. Rooke’s compensation was reviewed and determined by Manitex’s compensation committee.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, regarding compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
    Bonus
($) (1)
     Stock
Awards

($) (2)
    All Other
Compensation

($) (3)
     Total
($)
 

Andrew M. Rooke

     2016        341,856 (4)      80,500        186,720 (5)      136,795        745,871  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     2015        341,285 (4)      134,304        138,088       135,158        748,835  

James DiBiagio

     2016        207,164       80,500        70,020 (6)      16,921        374,605  

Chief Operating Officer

     2015        189,280       63,598        59,991       14,126        326,995  

Melissa How

     2016        145,583       30,000        29,175 (7)      5,374        210,132  

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

     2015        139,500       26,784        24,988       4,280        195,552  

 

(1) Manitex awarded Mr. Rooke a discretionary cash bonus of $80,500 for 2016, which was paid by us in March 2017. Manitex awarded Mr. Rooke a discretionary bonus of $158,002 for 2015. In accordance with the recommendation of Manitex’s compensation committee, Mr. Rooke received Manitex restricted stock units with a value equal to 15% of his 2015 bonus ($23,698) and it was stipulated that Mr. Rooke’s 2015 cash bonus was to be reduced by the value of the Manitex restricted stock units so granted. Accordingly, Mr. Rooke received a total cash bonus of $134,304 in 2015. The Manitex restricted stock units awarded to Mr. Rooke in 2015 are reported under the “Stock Awards” column. Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How received discretionary cash bonuses for performance in 2016 and 2015.

 

82


Table of Contents
(2) The value of restricted stock units included in this column is calculated as of the grant date in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance, using the closing price of Manitex common stock on the date of grant.
(3) For 2016, represents a $12,000 car allowance, $4,815 401(k) matching contribution, an $93,377 housing allowance and $26,603 for insurance premiums paid in connection with whole life and term life insurance policies purchased by Manitex that is owned by Mr. Rooke. All components of Mr. Rooke’s 2016 compensation represent compensation paid by Manitex. For 2016, represents a $9,000 car allowance, $7,579 in 401(k) matching contribution, and $342 for life insurance premiums for Mr. DiBiagio and $5,055 in 401(k) matching contribution and $319 for life insurance premiums for Ms. How.
(4) Amount represents cash salary earned and received from Manitex.
(5) On January 4, 2016, Mr. Rooke was awarded 16,000 Manitex restricted stock units with a value of $97,120 based on the closing price of $6.07 per share of Manitex common stock on the date of grant. Under this award, 5,280 units vested on January 4, 2017 and 5,280 units and 5,440 units will vest on January 4, 2018 and 2019, respectively. On December 14, 2016, Mr. Rooke was awarded 16,000 Manitex restricted stock units with a value of $89,600 based on the closing price of $5.60 per share of Manitex common stock on the date of grant. Under this award, 5,280 units, 5,280 units and 5,440 units vest on December 14, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.
(6) On January 4, 2016, Mr. DiBiagio was awarded 6,000 Manitex restricted stock units with a value of $36,420 based on the closing price of $6.07 per share of Manitex common stock on the date of grant. Under this award, 1,980 units vested on January 4, 2017, 1,980 units will vest on January 4, 2018 and 2,040 units will vest on January 4, 2019. On December 14, 2016, Mr. DiBiagio was awarded 6,000 Manitex restricted stock units with a value of $33,600 based on the closing price of $5.60 per share of Manitex common stock on the date of grant. Under this award, 1,980 units will vest on each of December 14, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 2,040 units will vest on December 14, 2019.
(7) On January 4, 2016, Ms. How was awarded 2,500 Manitex restricted stock units with a value of $15,175 based on the closing price of $6.07 per share of Manitex common stock on the date of grant. Under this award, 825 units vested on January 4, 2017, 825 units will vest on January 4, 2018, and 850 units vest on January 4, 2019. On December 14, 2016, Ms. How was awarded 2,500 Manitex restricted stock units with a value of $14,000 based on the closing price of $5.60 per share of Manitex common stock on the date of grant. Under this award, 825 units will vest on each of December 14, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 850 units will vest on December 14, 2019.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Annual Base Salary

The current base salaries (as of January 1, 2017) for our named executive officers are:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Base Salary  

Andrew M. Rooke

   $ 355,000  

James DiBiagio

   $ 230,000  

Melissa How

   $ 150,000  

Following the completion of this offering, the annual base salaries for our named executive officers will be adjusted. See “—Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Program Following this Offering—Annual Base Salary”.

2016 Discretionary Bonuses

For 2016, the Manitex board of directors granted discretionary cash bonuses to Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How of $80,500, $80,500 and $30,000, respectively, which were paid by us in March 2017.

Long-Term Incentive (Equity Awards)

In 2016, Manitex granted Mr. Rooke two separate discretionary long-term incentive awards, a grant on January 4, 2016, of 16,000 restricted stock units and a second grant on December 14, 2016, of 16,000 restricted

 

83


Table of Contents

stock units, each vesting over a three-year period. Manitex also granted long-term incentive awards to other employees. On January 4, 2016, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How were awarded 6,000 and 2,500 restricted stock units, respectively, each vesting over the same three-year period. On December 14, 2016, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How were awarded 6,000 and 2,500 restricted stock units, respectively, each vesting over the same three-year period.

Health and Retirement Benefits

In 2016, Mr. Rooke participated in the same broad-based benefit programs offered to other U.S. employees of Manitex, including healthcare and dental plans, long-term disability insurance, a 401(k) program with a match and life insurance plans. In addition, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How participated in broad-based Manitex benefit programs offered to the other U.S. employees of Manitex.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes, for each of our named executive officers, the number of shares of Manitex or Terex restricted stock units and the number of shares held as of December 31, 2016. For information on the treatment of these outstanding Manitex and Terex awards after the consummation of this offering, see “—Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Program Following this Offering—Treatment of Outstanding Manitex and Terex Awards” below.

Manitex Awards

 

     Stock award
grant date
     Number of
shares or units
of stock that
have not
vested

(#)
    Market value
of shares or
units of stock
that have not
vested

($)
 

Andrew M. Rooke

     1/1/2015        6,030 (1)      41,366 (1) 
     1/4/2016        16,000 (2)      109,760 (2) 
     12/14/2016        16,000 (3)      109,760 (3) 

James DiBiagio

     1/1/2015        3,162 (4)      21,691 (4) 
     1/4/2016        6,000 (5)      41,160 (5) 
     12/14/2016        6,000 (6)      41,160 (6) 

Melissa How

     1/1/2015        1,317 (7)      9,035 (7) 
     1/4/2016        2,500 (8)      17,150 (8) 
     12/14/2016        2,500 (9)      17,150 (9) 

Terex Awards

 

     Stock
award
grant date
     Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested

(#)
    Market value
of shares or
units of stock
that have not
vested

($)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
Number of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights that
have not
vested

(#)
    Equity incentive
plan awards:
Market or
payout value of
unearned shares,
units or other
rights that have
not vested ($)
 

James DiBiagio

     2/26/2014        353 (10)      11,130 (10)      —         —    
     2/26/2014        168 (11)      5,297 (11)      —         —    
     2/26/2014        —         —         115 (12)      3,626 (12) 

Melissa How

     2/26/2014        148 (13)      4,666 (13)      —         —    
     2/26/2014        70 (11)      2,207 (11)      —         —    
     2/26/2014        —         —         48 (12)      1,513 (12) 

 

84


Table of Contents
(1) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 9,000 units, of which 2,970 units vested on January 1, 2016 and of which 2,970 units vested on January 1, 2017 and 3,060 units will vest on January 1, 2018. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(2) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 16,000 units, of which 5,280 units vested on January 4, 2017 and of which 5,280 units and 5,440 units will vest on January 4, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(3) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 16,000 units, which vests 5,280 units, 5,280 units and 5,440 units on December 14, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(4) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 4,720 units, of which 1,558 units vested on each of January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2017 and of which 1,604 units will vest on January 1, 2018. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(5) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 6,000 units, of which 1,980 units vested on January 4, 2017, 1,980 units will vest on January 4, 2018 and 2,040 units will vest on January 4, 2019. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(6) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 6,000 units, of which 1,980 units, 1,980 units and 2,040 units will vest on each of December 14, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(7) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 1,966 units, of which 649 units vested on January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2017 and of which 668 units will vest on January 1, 2018. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(8) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 2,500 units, of which 825 units vested on January 4, 2017 and of which 825 units and 850 units will vest on each of January 4, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(9) Manitex restricted stock unit award of 2,500 units, of which 825 units, 825 units and 850 units will vest on each of December 14, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The market value is based on Manitex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $6.86.
(10) Terex restricted stock award of 1,049 shares, of which 349 shares vested on February 26, 2015 and 350 shares vested on February 26, 2016 and of which 353 shares will vest on February 26, 2017. The market value is based on Terex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $31.53.
(11) These figures reflect performance-based awards granted by Terex based on performance goals actually achieved as of December 31, 2016, which will become fully vested on the later of February 26, 2017 or the date on which Terex files its 2016 annual financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Market value is based on Terex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $31.53. The performance period applicable to all such awards will have expired, and such awards will accordingly no longer be outstanding, prior to the completion of this offering.
(12) These figures reflect performance-based awards granted by Terex, which are subject to achievement of certain performance goals of Terex. The market value is based on the achievement of target-level goals and Terex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $31.53. The performance period applicable to all such awards will have expired, and such awards will accordingly no longer be outstanding, prior to the completion of this offering.
(13) Terex restricted stock award of 437 shares, of which 144 shares vested on February 26, 2015 and 145 shares vested on February 26, 2016 and of which 148 shares will vest on February 26, 2017. The market value is based on Terex’s closing share price on December 30, 2016 of $31.53.

Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

On January 9, 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Rooke (the “Rooke Agreement”), which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. On November 29, 2016, we entered into employment agreements with Mr. DiBiagio (the “DiBiagio Agreement”) and Ms. How (the “How Agreement”), which will also become effective upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to these agreements, Mr. Rooke will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. DiBiagio as our Chief Operating Officer and Ms. How as our Chief Financial Officer upon consummation of this offering. Each agreement provides for an initial term of three years.

 

85


Table of Contents

Mr. Rooke’s will automatically renew for periods of three years, Mr. DiBiagio’s for periods of two years and Ms. How’s for periods of one year, unless either we or Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio or Ms. How, as the case may be, notifies the other in writing of a decision not to renew.

Pursuant to these agreements, Mr. Rooke will be entitled to an annual base salary of $409,285, Mr. DiBiagio to an annual base salary of $250,000, and Ms. How to an annual base salary of $190,000, in each case beginning from the closing of this offering. Each executive is also entitled to participate in an annual incentive and long-term incentive program. The annual incentive program will be determined by our compensation committee based upon our achievement of goals and objectives for each year, although the Rooke Agreement provides that Mr. Rooke is entitled to a target annual incentive of 100% of his base salary. For more information about our proposed annual incentive program following the consummation of this offering, see “—Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Program Following this Offering—Annual Incentive Program” below. The long-term incentive program will also be determined by our compensation committee, although the Rooke Agreement provides that Mr. Rooke is entitled to a target long term incentive opportunity at 50% of his base salary. For more information about our proposed long-term incentive program following the consummation of this offering, see “—Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Program Following this Offering—Long-Term Incentive Program” below.

Each agreement also provides for an equity grant (based on grant date fair market value) in stock options, restricted stock or other form of equity award as determined by the compensation committee after the consummation of this offering in the amount of $233,000 for Mr. Rooke, $100,000 for Mr. DiBiagio and $76,000 for Ms. How. We expect these awards will be granted as restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan. Each executive will also receive employee benefits made available to our other employees, including, without limitation, participation in any 401(k) plan, 28 days (for Ms. How) or four weeks (for Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio) paid vacation time and monthly reimbursement for country club and/or private club dues (up to $1,000 for Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio and $500 for Ms. How). Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio will also be entitled to monthly car payment reimbursements of $1,000 and Ms. How to monthly car payment reimbursements of $750.

After the effectiveness of the agreements, if we terminate the employment of an executive “without cause,” as defined in the agreements, or if any executive terminates his or her employment for “good reason”, as defined in the agreements, the terminated executive would be entitled to receive the following:

 

    a cash amount equal to the lesser of the executive’s base salary for the remaining portion of his or her initial term or the then-current renewal term or one year of base salary, to be paid in equal installments over a one year period;

 

    health plan continuation coverage in accordance with COBRA;

 

    continuation of perquisites for a period of one year;

 

    reimbursement of any unpaid expenses incurred prior to the date of termination; and

 

    payment for accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination.

For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” means:

 

    a material diminution, adverse to the executive, in his or her position, title or office, status, rank, nature of responsibilities or authority within the Company, except in connection with termination of his or her employment for just cause or permanent disability;

 

    a material decrease in the executive’s base salary, annual bonus opportunity or benefits (other than any such decrease applicable to similarly situated employees of the Company generally); and

 

    with respect to Mr. Rooke, a relocation of more than fifty (50) miles with respect to our primary office locations as of the date on the closing of this offering.

 

86


Table of Contents

The executive will be required to provide written notice of grounds for termination for good reason within thirty (30) days of the existence of such grounds and we will have a period of sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances. Any failure to terminate his or her employment within ninety (90) days after the first occurrence of applicable grounds for such termination for good reason will be deemed an affirmative waiver of the executive’s right to terminate for good reason.

After the effectiveness of the agreements, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio or Ms. How upon his or her permanent disability, the terminated executive will be entitled to receive the following:

 

    a cash amount equal to the lesser of the executive’s base salary for the remaining portion of his or her initial term or the then-current renewal term or, for Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio, one year of base salary to be paid in equal installments over a one year period or, for Ms. How, six months of base salary to be paid in equal installments over a six month period;

 

    health plan continuation coverage in accordance with COBRA;

 

    continuation of perquisites; and

 

    reimbursement of any unpaid expenses incurred prior to the date of termination.

An executive will be determined “permanently disabled” for purposes of the employment agreements upon the earlier of (i) the end of a six (6) consecutive month period during which such executive was unable to perform substantially all of his or her duties due to physical or mental injury, impairment or disease, or (ii) the date that a reputable physician selected by our Board (without reasonable objection by the executive) determines in writing that such executive will be unable to perform substantially all of his or her duties for a period of at least six (6) consecutive months due to physical or mental injury, impairment or disease. Receipt of the severance payments above will be subject to the execution and non-revocation by the executive of a general release of claims on terms determined by us.

If Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio or Ms. How is terminated for “just cause”, then all payments of compensation to the terminated executive immediately terminate and all perquisites and benefits will immediately cease except as required by statute.

For purposes of the employment agreements, “just cause” means:

 

    the executive’s admission, or conviction, of any act of fraud, embezzlement or theft against us;

 

    the executive’s plea of guilty or of no contest with respect to, admission of, or conviction for, a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, embezzlement, theft or misappropriation;

 

    the executive’s violation of the restrictive covenants regarding competition, non-disclosure and intellectual property set forth in the employment agreement, and failure by the executive to cure such violation within ten (10) days’ notice by us;

 

    the executive’s misappropriation of Company funds or a corporate opportunity;

 

    the executive’s negligence, willful or reckless conduct that has brought or is reasonably likely to bring us into public disgrace or disrepute or which has had or is reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on our business;

 

    any violation by the executive of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to us, and failure by the executive to cure such violation within ten (10) days’ notice by us;

 

    alcohol or substance abuse by the executive that interferes with the performance of his or her essential duties, and failure by the executive to cure such violation within ten (10) days’ notice by us; or

 

    any other material breach of the employment agreement, and failure by the executive to cure such violation within ten (10) days’ notice by us.

 

87


Table of Contents

The employment agreements provide that “just cause” does not include bad judgment or ordinary negligence on the part of the executive, any act or omission believed by the executive in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interests of the Company, or any act or omission that met the standard of conduct for indemnification or reimbursement under our bylaws or applicable law.

Payments upon Change of Control

Each of the Rooke Agreement, the DiBiagio Agreement and the How Agreement provides for certain payments to the executive upon termination following a change in control after the effectiveness of the employment agreements. Under the employment agreements, severance payments in connection with a change of control are subject to a “double trigger”, meaning both a change of control and a termination are required.

If Mr. Rooke’s, Mr. DiBiagio’s or Ms. How’s employment is terminated by us without cause or for good reason (each as defined in the employment agreements and as summarized above) within twenty-four (24) months following a “change of control” (as defined in the employment agreements), the terminated executive will be entitled to the greater of his or her base salary for the remaining portion of his or her initial term or the then-current renewal term, as applicable, or the sum of the following:

 

    two times the average of the executive’s annual base salary in effect at the time of notice of termination;

 

    two times the average of the executive’s annual earned bonuses from us for the three calendar years preceding the termination; and

 

    the product of a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of dates in the current fiscal year through the date of termination and the denominator of which is 365, and the annual bonus that we most recently paid to the executive (if any) with respect to the calendar year preceding the date of termination.

We would pay the executive the above sum in regular installments over a two year period following termination. In addition, Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio are entitled to a lump-sum payment of $50,000 and Ms. How to a lump-sum payment of $25,000, each payable within sixty (60) days following termination.

The terminated executive would also be entitled to a continuation of perquisites, pay for accrued but unused vacation, and reimbursement of unpaid expenses. Receipt of the severance payments upon a change of control is subject to the execution and non-revocation by the executive of a general release of claims on terms determined by us.

For purposes of the employment agreements, a “Change of Control” means any of the following, but, to the extent required to avoid the adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, only to the extent any such event also constitutes a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code:

 

    the sale or other transfer of more than 50% of the ownership interests of the Company to one or more non-affiliated corporations, persons or other entities;

 

    the merger or consolidation of the Company with another non-affiliated corporation, person or entity such that the shareholders of the Company, immediately preceding the merger or consolidation own less than 50% of the person or other entity surviving the merger or consolidation;

 

    the failure of the Company to assign an applicable employment agreement to its successor;

 

    a majority of the members of the Board on the date of the employment agreement (each a “Current Director”) cease to be members of the Board, provided that any director recommended by a majority of the Current Directors as a successor of a Current Director will be deemed to be a Current Director;

 

88


Table of Contents
    the acquisition of a controlling interest in the Company or in any of the Company’s successors by any party other than Manitex or Terex; and

 

    the sale, merger or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets to one or more non-affiliated corporations, persons or other entities.

Retention Bonus Letter Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

On January 18, 2017, Mr. Rooke entered into a letter agreement with us and Manitex and Terex. On November 29, 2016, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How also entered into letter agreements with us.

Mr. Rooke’s letter agreement provides, among other things, that so long as Mr. Rooke remains with us in his current position and fully participates in our business and activities through the earlier of the closing of this offering or June 30, 2017, Mr. Rooke will receive a one-time cash retention bonus of $100,000, payable within sixty dates of the applicable vesting date.

The letter agreements with Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How provide, among other things, that so long as Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How remain with us in their current positions and fully participate in our business and activities (including this offering) through March 31, 2017, Mr. DiBiagio will receive a one-time cash retention bonus of $50,000 and Ms. How a one-time cash retention bonus of $20,000, each payable by March 31, 2017. The letter agreements also provide that if this offering is not consummated by September 30, 2017, and each has remained with us in their current positions, fully participating in our business and activities (including this offering), Mr. DiBiagio will receive an additional one-time cash retention bonus of $50,000 and Ms. How an additional one-time cash retention bonus of $20,000, each payable by September 30, 2017.

Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Following this Offering

Following this offering, our compensation committee will determine the appropriate compensation plans and programs for our executives. Our compensation committee will review and evaluate our executive compensation plans and programs to ensure they are aligned with our compensation philosophy. In addition, our compensation committee may retain its own compensation consultant to advise the compensation committee in its compensation planning decisions.

We expect the compensation plans and arrangements for our named executive officers that will generally become effective upon completion of this offering to consist generally of an annual base salary, a short-term annual incentive component, a long-term incentive (equity awards) component and health and retirement benefits component. The Rooke Agreement, the DiBiagio Agreement and the How Agreement expressly provide for certain of these components, including base salary, an initial equity grant and certain perquisites. A summary of the plans and arrangements that we expect our compensation committee to adopt is set forth below.

Annual Base Salary

The table below sets forth the current base salaries of our named executive officers and the initial annual base salaries for Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How as provided in their employment agreements.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Current Base Salary
(as of January 1, 2017) ($)
     Proposed Base Salary
($)
 

Andrew M. Rooke

     355,000        409,285  

James DiBiagio

     230,000        250,000  

Melissa How

     150,000        190,000  

Under the Rooke Agreement, the DiBiagio Agreement and the How Agreement, base salary following the completion of the offering will be subject to review and adjustment by our compensation committee on an annual basis.

 

89


Table of Contents

Annual Incentive Program

While the design of our annual incentive plan is not yet complete, we expect that it will likely have “threshold”, “target” and “maximum” payouts based on the achievement of company performance metrics to be determined by the compensation committee. The “threshold” level of performance for a particular performance goal represents the lowest level of performance for which any bonus would be earned on that performance goal. The “maximum” level of performance represents the level for which the maximum bonus would be earned for that particular goal, and the “target” represents the target level of performance. Any payout of the annual incentive would be at least 80% cash and no more than 20% in immediately vested stock. We believe the compensation committee will approve the following “target” levels for each of our named executive officers for the annual incentive following the completion of this offering (with target represented as a percentage of base salary), with “threshold” and “maximum” levels to be determined at a later date:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target (Percentage of Base Salary)  

Andrew M. Rooke

     100 %(1) 

James DiBiagio

     100

Melissa How

     50

 

(1) 100% target is set forth in the Rooke Agreement.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

We expect that our named executive officers and other key executives will receive annual grants of restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to the 2017 Plan in order to align the long-term interests of management with those of our stockholders and incentivize them to manage our business to meet our long-term business goals and create sustainable long-term stockholder value. We believe our target long-term incentive will consist of two elements, consisting of the payment of up to 20% of our annual incentive in immediately vesting restricted stock units and a discretionary grant of restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan. The terms and amounts of any actual grants made following completion of this offering will be determined by our compensation committee in accordance with the terms of the 2017 Plan, although we believe our long-term incentive plan targets will be as follows after the completion of the offering (represented as a percentage of base salary):

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target (Percentage of Base Salary)  

Andrew M. Rooke

     50 %(1) 

James DiBiagio

     50

Melissa How

     50

 

(1) 50% target is set forth in the Rooke Agreement.

Equity Grants Following IPO

As described above under “Agreements with our Named Executive Officers”, the employment agreements with Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How provide for a one-time equity grant of $233,000 for Mr. Rooke, $100,000 for Mr. DiBiagio and $76,000 for Ms. How, based on the grant date fair market value, in restricted stock units or other form of equity award as determined by the compensation committee after the consummation of this offering.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Equity Award
(Grant Date Fair Value)
($)
 

Andrew M. Rooke

     233,000  

James DiBiagio

     100,000  

Melissa How

     76,000  

 

90


Table of Contents

Treatment of Outstanding Manitex Awards

We currently expect that the equity awards held by our named executive officers that relate to Manitex common stock will be converted into equity awards that relate to our common stock in connection with this offering. The new awards would generally be subject to the same vesting schedule, terms and other conditions as the Manitex awards that are converted. Previously, our named executive officers had also received equity awards that related to Terex common stock. The performance period applicable to all Terex awards will have expired, and such awards will have vested and shares of Terex common stock will be issued to the recipients to the extent performance goals are met and accordingly will no longer be outstanding prior to the completion of this offering. As a result, we do not expect any of the equity awards relating to Terex common stock to be outstanding as of the completion of this offering.

Other Benefits

The Rooke Agreement, the DiBiagio Agreement and the How Agreement each provide that Mr. Rooke, Mr. DiBiagio and Ms. How will be eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental group life, short and long-term disability in each case on the same basis as other employees, subject to applicable laws. Each of our named executive officers is entitled under his or her employment agreement to vacation (four weeks for Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio and 28 days for Ms. How) in accordance with our vacation policies adopted from and after this offering and to reimbursement for country club and/or private club dues (up to $1,000 per month for Mr. Rooke and Mr. DiBiagio and $500 per month for Ms. How). We believe these benefits are important to attracting and retaining experienced executives. As discussed below in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, we intend to enter into an employee matters agreement with Manitex, which will generally provide that for a limited time period following the LLC Conversion and this offering, our employees and former employees will generally continue to participate in Manitex benefit plans pursuant to the terms of the employee matters agreement. Following such period (the length of which may differ among each applicable plan), we will adopt a similar plan or arrangement to cover our employees and former employees, and such individuals will cease to participate in the corresponding Manitex plan.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to our chief executive officer and our three other most highly paid executive officers, other than our principal financial officer. Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. We may structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, when feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, our Board may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements and payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m).

The compensation committee will also take into account whether components of our compensation program may be subject to the penalty tax associated with Section 409A of the Code, and aims to structure the elements of compensation to be compliant with or exempt from Section 409A to avoid such potential adverse tax consequences.

Equity Compensation Plans and Other Benefit Plans

ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), for the purpose of attracting and retaining non-employee directors, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers, employees and service providers of our subsidiaries, and to stimulate their efforts toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability. The 2017 Plan will provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, other equity-based awards and cash bonus awards. We will have reserved 1,250,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to future awards under the 2017 Plan.

 

91


Table of Contents

Administration of the 2017 Plan . Our compensation committee will administer the 2017 Plan and determine all terms of awards under the plan. Our compensation committee will also interpret the provisions of the plan. During any period of time in which we do not have a compensation committee, or otherwise at the election of our Board, our Board or another committee appointed by our Board will administer the plan. References below to the compensation committee include a reference to the Board or another committee appointed by the Board for those periods in which the Board or such other committee appointed by the Board is acting.

Eligibility . All of our employees will be eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan. In addition, our non-employee directors and consultants and advisors who perform services for us and our subsidiaries may receive awards under the 2017 Plan, other than incentive stock options.

Share Authorization . As stated above, we will have reserved an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan. In connection with stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our Board will make proportionate adjustments in the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may issue under the 2017 Plan and the terms of outstanding awards. If any shares of stock covered by an award granted under the 2017 Plan are not purchased or are forfeited or expire, or if an award otherwise terminates without delivery of any shares of stock subject thereto, or is settled in cash in lieu of shares of stock, then such number of shares with respect to such award will be available for making awards under the 2017 Plan. If shares of stock subject to an award are surrendered in connection with the purchase of shares of stock upon exercise of an option, deducted from payment of an award in connection with tax withholding obligations or purchased by us with proceeds from option exercises, then such shares will not be available for making awards under the 2017 Plan.

During any time that the transition period under Section 162(m) of the Code has expired or does not apply, the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to options or stock appreciation rights that we can issue under the 2017 Plan to any person will be 250,000 in any single calendar year. The maximum number of shares of common stock that we can issue under the 2017 Plan to any person other than pursuant to an option or stock appreciation right will be 250,000 in any single calendar year. The maximum amount that any one person may earn as an annual incentive award or other cash award in any calendar year will be $1,000,000 and the maximum amount that any one person may earn as a performance award or other cash award in respect of a performance period will be $1,000,000. The non-employee directors will be entitled to receive awards in a calendar year with a maximum aggregate value of $250,000.

Options . The 2017 Plan authorizes our compensation committee to grant incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (or non-qualified stock options). All of the shares of stock available for issuance under the 2017 Plan at the time of this offering will be available for issuance pursuant to incentive stock options. The compensation committee will determine the exercise price of each option, provided that the price will be equal to at least the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date on which the option is granted. If we were to grant incentive stock options to any 10% stockholder, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our shares of common stock on the date of grant.

The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years from the date of grant. If we were to grant incentive stock options to any 10% stockholder, the term cannot exceed five years from the date of grant. The compensation committee determines at what time or times each option may be exercised and the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or termination of employment during which options may be exercised. Options may be made exercisable in installments. The compensation committee may accelerate the exercisability of options. Except in connection with a corporate transaction, the exercise price of an option may not be amended or modified after the grant of the option, and an option may not be surrendered in consideration of or exchanged for a grant of a new option having an exercise price below that of the option which was surrendered or exchanged without stockholder approval.

 

92


Table of Contents

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. We will generally treat options or portions thereof that exceed such limit as non-qualified stock options.

Stock Awards . The 2017 Plan also provides for the grant of stock awards (which includes restricted stock). A stock award is an award of shares of common stock that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as our compensation committee determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as our compensation committee may determine. A participant who receives a restricted stock award will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including the right to vote and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares, except that the Board may require any dividends to be reinvested in shares, which may be subject to the same vesting conditions applicable to the restricted stock. During the period, if any, when stock awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging or otherwise encumbering or disposing of his or her award shares.

Stock Appreciation Rights . The 2017 Plan authorizes our compensation committee to grant stock appreciation rights that provide the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the stock appreciation right, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the stock appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by our compensation committee. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or independently from an option grant. The term of a stock appreciation right cannot exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Units . The 2017 Plan also authorizes our compensation committee to grant restricted stock units. Restricted stock units represent the participant’s right to receive a compensation amount, based on the value of the shares of common stock, if vesting criteria established by the compensation committee are met. If the vesting criteria are met, the 2017 Plan authorizes us to pay restricted stock units in shares of common stock, cash, other securities or other property.

Bonuses . We may base cash performance bonuses payable under the 2017 Plan on the attainment of performance goals that the compensation committee establishes that relate to one or more performance criteria described in the plan. Cash performance bonuses, for which there is no minimum payout, must be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with the 2017 Plan, as determined by the compensation committee.

Dividend Equivalents . Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of any equity-based award other than options and stock appreciation rights. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents, and may be payable in cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. Our compensation committee will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.

Performance Awards . Section 162(m) of the Code limits publicly held companies to an annual deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $1.0 million for compensation paid to each of their principal executive officer and their three highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) determined at the end of each year, referred to as covered employees. However, performance-based compensation and compensation meeting certain initial public offering transition rule requirements is excluded from this limitation. The 2017 Plan is designed to permit the compensation committee to grant awards that qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m) once the transition rule is no longer applicable, but it is not required under the 2017 Plan that awards qualify for this exception. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

 

93


Table of Contents

We may select performance goals from one or more of the following: (1) net earnings or net income; (2) operating earnings; (3) pretax earnings; (4) earnings per share of stock; (5) stock price, including growth measures and total stockholder return; (6) earnings before interest and taxes; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization; (8) sales or revenue growth, whether in general, by type of product or service, or by type of customer; (9) gross or operating margins; (10) return measures, including return on assets, capital, investment, equity, sales or revenue; (11) cash flow, including operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity and cash flow return on investment; (12) productivity ratios; (13) expense targets; (14) market share; (15) financial ratios as provided in credit agreements of the Company; (16) working capital targets; (17) completion of acquisitions of business or companies; (18) completion of divestitures and asset sales; (19) revenues under management; (20) funds from operations; (21) entering into contractual arrangements; (22) meeting contractual requirements; (23) achieving contractual milestones; (24) entering into collaborations; (25) product development; (26) production volume levels; and (27) any combination of any of the foregoing business criteria.

We may base performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. We may not adjust upward any awards that we intend to qualify as performance-based compensation. The plan administrator retains the discretion to adjust performance-based awards downward, either on a formula or discretionary basis, or any combination as the compensation committee determines. Performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Equity-Based Awards . Our compensation committee may grant other types of equity-based awards under the 2017 Plan. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, shares of common stock or other equity, or a combination thereof, and may be restricted or unrestricted, as determined by our compensation committee. The terms and conditions that apply to other equity-based awards are determined by the compensation committee.

Change in Control . If we experience a change in control, our compensation committee may determine whether (i) the successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding award, (ii) the vesting of such awards held by current service providers may be accelerated in full, and/or (iii) all outstanding awards are to be cancelled as of the effective date of the consummation of the transaction in exchange for the payment of a cash amount that would have been attained upon exercise or vesting of such awards. In the case of performance shares and performance units, our compensation committee will determine what adjustments, accelerations or amendments, if any, will be applied to such awards, either at the time or grant or prior to the change in control.

Amendment; Termination . Our Board may amend or terminate the 2017 Plan at any time; provided that no amendment may adversely impair the benefits of participants with outstanding awards. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or rules of a stock exchange on which the common stock is then listed or if the amendment increases the total number of shares available under the 2017 Plan, except in connection with adjustments in capitalization described above under “—Share Authorization”. Unless terminated sooner our Board or extended with stockholder approval, the 2017 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy for compensating our non-employee directors with a combination of cash and equity. We expect that shortly after the consummation of this offering the compensation committee will recommend equity awards in the form of restricted stock units and/or stock options for our Board under the 2017 Plan.

Because our non-employee directors are being appointed in connection with this offering and the LLC Conversion, such non-employee directors received no cash or equity compensation for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

94


Table of Contents

Our board of managers received no compensation for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Agreements

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide for the limitation of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

We also expect to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. These indemnification agreements will provide, among other things, that we will indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs and attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by a director or officer in any claim, action or proceeding arising in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company or in connection with service at our request for another corporation or entity. The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that a director or officer makes a claim for indemnification.

We also expect to maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Material Agreements and Arrangements with Terex and Manitex

Since the formation of the Joint Venture, we are party to three material agreements with Terex whereby Terex provides us with certain services or leases us property: the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement, Terex Services Agreement and the Terex Lease.

Terex Cross Marketing Agreement

The Terex Cross Marketing Agreement defines dealers and customers to which, and territories for which, Terex has the exclusive right on behalf of us to market our products under the Terex brand. The Terex Cross Marketing Agreement also defines the compensation we pay to Terex for its machine sales selling expense, part sales selling expense, and general and administrative costs associated with such sales. The costs include Terex sales account management, a selling, general and administrative cost based on volume sold by Terex, marketing costs and trade show contributions. These expenses were charged as identified in the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement, which were based on a negotiated rate at the formation of the Joint Venture in December 2014.

We expensed approximately $1.6 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement, as discussed above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Terex no longer markets our ASV machines under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and we are responsible for marketing all ASV machines to all distribution channels, but Terex continues to market ASV parts. Following the LLC Conversion and after the completion of this offering, Terex will continue to market ASV parts and we will be permitted to produce and sell Terex-branded ASV products to existing Terex dealers and continue to use applicable Terex trademarks, in each case pursuant to the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and the Winddown Agreement that we have entered into with Terex and Manitex, which is described more fully below.

Terex Services Agreement

The Terex Services Agreement sets forth the terms under which Terex provides to us certain services, including third party logistics services for parts fulfilment, warranty, field service and information technology services. These expenses have been charged as identified in the Terex Services Agreement and were based either on a negotiated rate or on the basis of direct usage and third party provider cost as established at the formation of the Joint Venture in December 2014.

We expensed approximately $1.4 million and $1.5 million for services provided for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively under the SA, as discussed above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Pursuant to the Winddown Agreement, Terex will continue to perform services under the Terex Services Agreement during a transitional period, including parts sales, shipment and purchases and parts planning, customer parts phone support, and administrative services, including IT support and accounting input information for parts cost and pricing, after which we will perform the functions under the Terex Services Agreement by using a combination of internal resources and purchased services. The Winddown Agreement is described more fully below.

Terex Lease

We entered into the Terex Lease on December 19, 2014, pursuant to which Terex leases to us a sixty-five acre test track facility located three miles from our facility. The Terex Lease has a primary term of twenty years and we have an additional option to renew the lease for two consecutive renewal terms of twenty years each. Rent

 

96


Table of Contents

under the lease is currently $12,240 per year and increases 2% each year. We are responsible for all utilities, including sewer, water, heat and trash removal, furnished to or consumed on the leased property and we are required to maintain general liability insurance and “special form” commercial property insurance insuring the property. We expect to continue the Terex Lease after the consummation of this offering.

Subsidy Agreement

We entered into a Subsidy Agreement with Terex Financial Services, Inc. (“TFS”), an affiliate of Terex, on March 12, 2015. Under this agreement, we agree to pay to TFS a subsidy amount based upon a subsidy percentage in exchange for TFS providing leasing and financing services to dealers, with such subsidy to be provided by TFS to the end-user purchaser of our products. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, we paid $0.9 million and $1.5 million to TFS in subsidy amounts, respectively. We expect this agreement to remain in place after the consummation of the offering.

Compensation for Mr. Rooke

Our chief executive officer, Mr. Rooke, has historically been compensated as an employee of Manitex. Following the completion of this offering, Mr. Rooke’s compensation will be treated as an expense, but such expenses are not reflected in historical results described in this prospectus. For more information on Mr. Rooke’s historical compensation from Manitex and anticipated compensation following the completion of this offering, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation” above.

Other Support

In addition to the material agreements with Terex noted above, Manitex also provides to us general corporate and administrative support as a majority-owned subsidiary, such as insurance coverage, human resources support, tax administration, legal, investor relations, internal audit, insurance and information technology. Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to find independent third party sources for these services.

LLC Agreement

On December 19, 2014, Terex and Manitex entered into the Limited Liability Company Agreement of A.S.V., LLC (the “LLC Agreement”). Under the LLC Agreement, Manitex holds 14,790,000 units of the Company, representing a 51% ownership interest in the Company, and Terex (through a wholly-owned subsidiary) holds 14,210,000 units of the Company, representing a 49% ownership interest in the Company. The LLC Agreement provided for a five-person board of managers of the Company, of which two would be appointed by the wholly-owned subsidiary of Terex and three by Manitex. Prior to the LLC Conversion, the managers of the Company are Eric I. Cohen, George Ellis, Andrew Rooke, David Langevin and Marvin Rosenberg. The LLC Agreement granted certain consent rights for major actions to Terex and for restrictions on the transfer of the units of the Company and certain preemptive, liquidity and other sale rights. The LLC Agreement will no longer be effective following the LLC Conversion.

LLC Conversion

We were formed as a Minnesota corporation and we were converted into a Minnesota limited liability company in December 2014. Immediately prior to the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to convert from a limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and change our name from A.S.V., LLC to ASV Holdings, Inc., which we refer to herein as the “LLC Conversion”. In conjunction with the LLC Conversion,

 

    all of our outstanding units will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock, based on the relative rights of our pre-IPO equityholders as set forth in the A.S.V., LLC limited liability company agreement;

 

97


Table of Contents
    we will adopt and file a certificate of incorporation and certificate of conversion with the State of Delaware; and

 

    we will adopt and file a plan of conversion and articles of conversion with the State of Minnesota.

See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding a description of our common stock following the LLC Conversion and the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

As a result of the LLC Conversion, we will record income tax expense or benefit in our statements of operations, and a liability or asset for any income tax payable or receivable on our balance sheet. We estimate that our effective tax rate will be approximately 36%, assuming federal and state taxes, together with domestic manufacturing and research and development credit.

Material Agreements between Manitex, Terex and Us after the Offering

In the discussion that immediately follows, we have summarized the terms of material agreements that we intend to enter into in connection with the LLC Conversion and this offering and to govern our ongoing relationships with Terex and Manitex following the LLC Conversion and this offering. The terms of those agreements have not yet been finalized; changes, some of which may be material, may be made prior to the LLC Conversion and this offering.

Separation Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a separation agreement with Manitex and Terex, which will provide for, among other things, the formal allocation of rights to assets and responsibility for liabilities relating to our business and the rights and responsibilities of Manitex and Terex for assets and liabilities unrelated to our business. To the extent any such assets and liabilities are not currently held by the party that will retain such assets and liabilities (for example, contracts to which Terex or Manitex is a party but which primarily relate to our business), the separation agreement will provide for the transfer of such assets and liabilities to the appropriate party. In general, neither we, Manitex nor Terex will make any representations or warranties regarding any assets or liabilities of the other parties or any consents or approvals that may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

The separation agreement will provide further assurances and covenants between Manitex, Terex and us to ensure that the separation of our business from Manitex and Terex is executed pursuant to our intent and that commercially reasonable efforts will be taken to do all things reasonably necessary to consummate and make effective the separation of our business from those of Manitex and Terex. The separation agreement will also contain indemnification obligations of us, Manitex and Terex, as well as confidentiality and dispute resolution methods. It also provides for the allocation between the parties of rights and obligations under existing insurance policies with respect to occurrences prior to the completion of the offering.

Winddown Agreement

We, Terex and Manitex have entered into the Winddown Agreement pursuant to which Terex will continue to provide certain services to ASV under the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and the Terex Services Agreement, including parts sales, shipment and purchases and parts planning, customer parts phone support, and administrative services including IT support and accounting input information for parts cost and pricing. The Winddown Agreement provides that these services will be performed in accordance with the applicable terms of the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement and the Terex Services Agreement, as applicable, and that we will pay Terex for these services in accordance with the schedule of fees in those agreements.

 

98


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Winddown Agreement, these services will continue on a transitional basis. We have the right to terminate any service related to parts sales and distribution upon six months’ notice to Terex, and we also have the right to terminate all services upon six months’ notice to Terex. After one year from the date of the Winddown Agreement, Terex will also have the right to terminate the services upon six months’ notice. In no event will the services continue beyond December 19, 2019.

We also have the right during the transition period and for one year after termination of the Winddown Agreement to produce and sell Terex-branded ASV products to existing Terex dealers and continue to use applicable Terex trademarks.

Terex agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assign to us any ASV-related Terex contracts with third parties and, failing such assignment, to provide to us the benefit of any such contract for the remainder of its term.

The Winddown Agreement does not immediately terminate the Terex Cross Marketing Agreement or the Terex Services Agreement, each of which will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the Winddown Agreement.

Employee Matters Agreement

We intend to enter into an employee matters agreement with Manitex, which will generally provide that we and Manitex each will continue to have responsibility for its own employees. The employee matters agreement will also contain provisions allocating between us and Manitex liabilities relating to the employment of current and former employees of our business and the compensation and benefit plans and programs in which such employees participate. In general, we will retain liabilities relating to the employment, compensation and benefits of current and former employees of our business, including liabilities relating to medical benefits and COBRA, workers’ compensation and any other claims and litigation. In addition, the employee matters agreement will provide for the conversion of Manitex equity awards held by our employees in connection with the offering. In general, our employees currently participate in various retirement, health and welfare, and other employee benefit and compensation plans maintained by Manitex. For a limited time period following the LLC Conversion and this offering, our employees and former employees will generally continue to participate in such plans pursuant to the employee matters agreement. Following such period (the length of which may differ among each applicable plan but which generally is expected to end by January 1, 2018), we will adopt a similar plan or arrangement to cover our employees and former employees, and such individuals will cease to participate in the corresponding Manitex plan.

Registration Rights Agreement

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with Manitex and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terex to register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our common stock. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, this agreement will provide Manitex and the subsidiary of Terex with certain registration rights as described below. An aggregate of 6,000,000 shares of common stock will be entitled to these registration rights.

Demand registration rights

At any time after 180 days from the completion of this offering during the five years after the completion of this offering, Manitex and the subsidiary of Terex will have the right to demand that we file, collectively, up to three registration statements (but no more than twice within a single 365-day period). These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we will be required to use reasonable best efforts to prepare and file the registration statement within 45 days of the request.

 

99


Table of Contents

Piggyback registration rights

At any time after the completion of this offering until such time as Manitex and Terex represent less than 1% of our issued and outstanding stock, if we propose to register any shares of our equity securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of any other person, then the subsidiary of Terex and Manitex will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights do not apply to a registration of our equity securities on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances.

Expenses and indemnification

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or shelf registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related fees and any transfer taxes, subject to specified conditions and limitations. The registration rights agreement will include customary indemnification provisions, including indemnification of the participating holders of shares of common stock and their directors, officers and employees by us for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities in respect thereof and expenses to which such holders may become subject under the Securities Act, state law or otherwise.

Termination of registration rights

The registration rights granted under the registration rights agreement will terminate upon the date the holders of shares that are a party thereto no longer hold any such shares that are entitled to registration rights.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our Board will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions, which will generally include transactions involving the Company and our directors, executive officers, nominees for director, beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock and members of the immediate families of the foregoing. This policy will provide that transactions involving related persons are approved, or ratified if pre-approval is not feasible, by our audit committee, which approves or ratifies the transaction only if our audit committee determines that it is in the best interests of our stockholders. In considering the transaction, our audit committee considers all relevant factors, including, as applicable (i) the business rationale for entering into the transaction; (ii) available alternatives to the transaction; (iii) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unrelated third party under the same or similar circumstances; (iv) the potential for the transaction to lead to an actual or apparent conflict of interest and any safeguards imposed to prevent such actual or apparent conflicts; and (v) the overall fairness of the transaction. Our audit committee will also periodically monitor ongoing transactions involving related persons to ensure that there are no changed circumstances that would render it advisable to amend or terminate the transaction.

All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and, as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

 

100


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 1, 2017, after giving effect to the LLC Conversion, which we expect to occur prior to the completion of this offering, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock in this offering, by:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of the persons expected to become our directors following the completion of this offering;

 

    all of our executive officers and expected directors as a group;

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; and

 

    each selling stockholder.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and the selling stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We have based our calculation of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 8,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding on April 1, 2017. We have based our calculation of beneficial ownership after this offering on shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, which gives effect to the LLC Conversion and the issuance of 1,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering. Ownership information provided below assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by each director, executive officer or stockholder who beneficially owns more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and selling stockholders, as the case may be. Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including the right to acquire beneficial ownership of that security within 60 days, including through outstanding options and warrants that are currently exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2017. Options to purchase shares of our common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2017 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the persons possessing those rights for the purpose of computing percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing any other person’s ownership percentage. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners named in the table below has, and upon completion of this offering will have, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock listed as beneficially owned by him or her, except for shares owned jointly with that person’s spouse. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is ASV Holdings, Inc., 840 Lily Lane, Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744.

 

     Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
            Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Before
Offering
     After
Offering
     Shares of Common
Stock Being Offered
     Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Andrew M. Rooke (1)

     —          —          —          —         —    

Melissa How (1)

     —          —          —          —         —    

James DiBiagio (1)

     —          —          —          —         —    

Brian J. Henry

     —          —          —          —         —    

Michael A. Lisi

     —          —          —          —         —    

Joseph M. Nowicki

     —          —          —          —         —    

David Rooney

     —          —          —          —         —    

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

     —          —          —          —         —    

5% and Selling Stockholders:

             

A.S.V. Holding, LLC (2)

     3,920,000        3,920,000        —          49.0     40.0

Manitex International, Inc. (3)

     4,080,000        2,080,000        2,000,000        51.0     21.2

 

101


Table of Contents

 

(1) In connection with this offering, Messrs. Rooke and DiBiagio and Ms. How are expected to receive equity awards that relate to our common stock upon the conversion of equity awards held by them that currently relate to Manitex common stock. The new awards would generally be subject to the same vesting schedule, terms and other conditions as the Manitex awards that are converted. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Our Anticipated Executive Compensation Program Following this Offering—Treatment of Outstanding Manitex Awards.” None of such awards are expected to vest within 60 days of April 1, 2017 and are accordingly not included in the table.
(2) A.S.V. Holding, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terex, is a selling stockholder in this offering as it may sell up to 570,000 shares to the underwriters upon exercise of the over-allotment option. Includes 3,920,000 shares of our common stock. All of the shares held by A.S.V. Holding, LLC as shown in this table are, and will be, pledged as security under our credit facilities, except for the shares to be sold upon the exercise of the over-allotment option. Terex is a public company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The address of Terex is 200 Nyala Farm Road, Westport, Connecticut 06880.
(3) Manitex is a selling stockholder in this offering. Includes 4,080,000 shares of our common stock. Manitex is a public company traded on Nasdaq. The address of Manitex is 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. Manitex acquired 14,790,000 shares in A.S.V., Inc. (representing 51% of the Company) from Terex for $25,000,000 in cash, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, between Manitex and Terex. In connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement, Manitex and Terex also entered into a Common Stock and Convertible Debenture Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which Terex invested an aggregate of $20,000,000 in Manitex, consisting of $12,500,000 in Manitex common stock and a $7,500,000 convertible promissory note. On December 19, 2014, the transaction closed and on December 23, 2014, A.S.V., Inc. was converted to a limited liability company. All of the shares held by Manitex as shown in this table are, and will be, pledged as security under our credit facilities, except for the shares to be sold pursuant to this prospectus.

 

102


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the completion of the LLC Conversion and this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the LLC Conversion, there were 8,000,000 outstanding shares of our common stock held by two stockholders and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

The following description of our capital stock is not complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect following the completion of this offering and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law. Copies of these documents are filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur in connection with the completion of this offering.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

Dividends

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that our Board may declare out of funds legally available for that purpose.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our Board will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our Board will be authorized to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our Board will be able to authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company, which might

 

103


Table of Contents

harm the market price of our common stock. See also “Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws—Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions—Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock” below.

Our Board will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to the Company’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terex and Manitex to register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our common stock. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, this agreement will provide customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights to such investors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement”.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be in effect following the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of the Company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

    Board of directors vacancies . Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will authorize only our Board to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our Board will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our Board. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our Board and then gaining control of our Board by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our Board but promotes continuity of management.

 

    Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations . Our bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

 

    Classified board . Our certificate of incorporation will provide for a classified Board consisting of three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. This provision may have the effect of delaying a change in control of our Board.

 

104


Table of Contents
    No cumulative voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

    Amendment of charter provisions . Any amendment of the above provisions in our certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding voting securities.

 

    Issuance of undesignated preferred stock . Our Board will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our Board. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

    before such date, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) pursuant to employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by our Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the entity’s or person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or is an affiliate of the corporation and within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

 

105


Table of Contents

Exclusive forum

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court has no jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (v) any other action asserting an internal corporate claim, as defined in Section 115 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 1717 Arch St., Suite 1300, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

 

106


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market for our common stock existed, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock from time to time and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of April 1, 2017, upon completion of the LLC Conversion and the issuance of 1,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering, 9,800,000 shares of our common stock will be outstanding.

All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining 6,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale, subject to compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, to the extent these shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, any person who is not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, and who has beneficially owned their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and, after owning such shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 98,000 shares, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

107


Table of Contents

Upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, 6,000,000 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act, is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our officers and directors, and the selling stockholders, who hold an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock (after giving effect to the LLC Conversion), or all of the outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering expect to enter into an agreement that, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”

Equity Incentive Plans

We expect to reserve 1,250,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to such plan. The shares of our common stock that are reserved for future issuance under the plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terex and Manitex to register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our common stock. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, this agreement will provide customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights to such investors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement”.

 

108


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following summary describes certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not address any foreign, state and local consequences that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income and estate taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain non-U.S. holders.

This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, as amended to the date hereof, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this registration statement may affect the tax consequences described herein. We undertake no obligation to update this tax summary in the future. This summary applies only to non-U.S. holders that will hold our common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax consequences that may be material to a non-U.S. holder based on his or her particular tax situation. This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws including, but not limited to, banks, tax-exempt organizations, pension funds, insurance companies or dealers in securities or foreign currencies, foreign governments or governmental entities, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, persons holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion, or straddle transaction or persons deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting, persons that received common stock in connection with the performance of services, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. This summary does not address the tax treatment of entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons who hold their interests through a partnership or another pass-through entity. This summary does not consider the effect of any applicable state, local, foreign or other tax laws other than U.S. federal income and estate tax laws.

When we refer to a non-U.S. holder, we mean a beneficial owner of common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

    a nonresident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the U.S. subject to tax as expatriates);

 

    a foreign corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

    a foreign estate or trust.

WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION.

Taxation of Dividends and Dispositions

Dividends on Common Stock . In general, if distributions are made with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied in reduction of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero, and to the extent such portion exceeds the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Dispositions of Common Stock”.

 

109


Table of Contents

Generally, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will be subject to the U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate, subject to the two following exceptions.

 

    Dividends effectively connected with a trade or business of a non-U.S. holder within the U.S. generally will not be subject to withholding if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable IRS certification requirements and generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S., unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form). In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, such effectively connected income also may be subject to the branch profits tax, which generally is imposed on effectively connected earnings and profits at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be prescribed by an applicable tax treaty).

 

    The withholding tax might not apply, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable tax treaty. Under the Treasury regulations, to obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dispositions of Common Stock . Generally, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized upon the disposition of such holder’s shares of common stock unless: (i) the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; (ii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by a non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the U.S. and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for federal income tax purposes and, assuming that the common stock is deemed to be “regularly traded on an established securities market,” the non-U.S. holder held, directly or indirectly at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or such shorter period that such shares were held, more than five percent of our common stock.

We believe we are not currently, and do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal corporate income tax rates in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and, in addition, such non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits.

Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, such as “controlled foreign corporations”, “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, that are subject to special treatment under the Code. Such entities should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

 

110


Table of Contents

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death generally will be included in such non-U.S. holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Non-U.S. holders who are individuals should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal estate tax to their particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must generally report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or because withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld from a payment to a non-U.S. holder under these rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished timely to the IRS.

The U.S. federal income tax and estate tax summary set forth above is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon your particular situation. You should consult your own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common stock, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) generally imposes withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities, unless certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are met. FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on “withholdable payments” made to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied, or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner, and other specified requirements are satisfied. “Withholdable payments” include dividends on our common stock and any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. Under final U.S. Treasury Regulations and current IRS guidance, any withholding on payments of gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our common stock will only apply to payments made on or after January 1, 2019. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

111


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as sole book-running manager and representative of the several underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, 3,800,000 shares of our common stock. We have applied to have the common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “ASV”.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to certain terms and conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby if any of the shares are purchased.

 

Underwriters    Number of Shares  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

     3,325,000  

Seaport Global Securities LLC

     475,000  
  
  

 

 

 

Total

     3,800,000  

Commissions, Discounts and Expenses

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to the underwriting agreement to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. After this offering, the public offering price and concession may be changed by the underwriters.

In connection with the sale of the shares of our common stock to be purchased by the underwriters, the underwriters will be deemed to have received compensation in the form of underwriting commissions and discounts. The underwriters’ commissions and discounts will be 7% of the gross proceeds of this offering, or $        per share of our common stock, based on the public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We estimate that total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, but including registration, filing, listing and printing fees and legal and accounting expenses will be approximately $1,000,000.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders in connection with this offering (assuming both the exercise and non-exercise of the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters):

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without Over-
allotment
     With Over-
allotment
     Without Over-
allotment
     With Over-
allotment
 

Initial public offering price

   $                   $                   $                   $               

Underwriting discount

   $      $      $      $  

Proceeds to us before expenses

   $      $      $      $  

Proceeds to selling stockholders before expenses

   $      $      $      $  

Over-Allotment Option

A.S.V. Holding, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Terex, has granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 570,000 additional shares at the public offering price,

 

112


Table of Contents

less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the underwriters and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the underwriters considered:

 

    the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

    the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

    the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Indemnification

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters or such other indemnified parties may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed not to do the following without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners:

 

    offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of common stock; or

 

    except with respect to a registration statement on Form S-8 for the registration of the shares underlying the 2017 ASV Equity Incentive Plan, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to an 18-day extension under certain limited circumstances (the “Lock-Up Period”).

This consent may be given at any time without public notice. These restrictions on future issuances are subject to exceptions for:

 

    the issuance of shares of our common stock sold in this offering, including pursuant to the over-allotment option and in connection with the LLC Conversion;

 

    the conversion of equity awards that relate to Manitex common stock into equity awards that relate to our common stock in connection with this offering;

 

113


Table of Contents
    the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the vesting of outstanding restricted stock units; and

 

    the issuance of employee stock options not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period and the grant, redemption or forfeiture of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units pursuant to our equity incentive plans or as new employee inducement grants.

In addition, our executive officers and directors and the selling stockholders, intend to enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Under these lock-up agreements, our executive officers and directors and the selling stockholders, may not, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners, during the Lock-Up Period:

 

    offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant or sell any option, contract, right or warrant to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the SEC in respect of, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of our common stock;

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock; or

 

    publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified above.

These restrictions on future dispositions by our executive officers and directors and our selling stockholders are subject to exceptions for:

 

    transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement;

 

    transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the person executing the lock-up agreement or the immediate family of the person executing the lock-up agreement, so long as the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement and any such transfer may not involve a disposition for value;

 

    transfers by testate or intestate succession, provided that the successor agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement;

 

    transfers to the Company for the primary purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to the shares of our common stock issued under an equity incentive plan; and

 

    with respect to Manitex and A.S.V. Holding, LLC only, a pledge of their shares of common stock held after this offering as collateral under the Credit Agreement, provided that the administrative agent will not be able to foreclose upon these shares without first agreeing to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement.

Electronic Distribution

This prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ website or our website and any information contained in any other websites maintained by the underwriters, by us is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters in their capacity as underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

114


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    Over-allotment involves sales by an underwriter of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriter is obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by an underwriter is not greater than the number of shares that it may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position occurs if the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option. This position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

The underwriters have provided in the past, and may provide from time to time in the future, financial advisory and related services for us and our affiliates. Roth Capital Partners has acted as a financial advisor to Manitex in the ordinary course of its business (e.g., in connection with private placements of Manitex common stock as recently as 2013, and in connection with the sale of Manitex’s Load King subsidiary in 2015), for which it has received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions, and Seaport Global Securities received a $0.5 million finder’s fee from Manitex in connection with the sale of the Liftking subsidiary of Manitex on September 30, 2016. In addition, from time to time, the underwriters may effect transactions for their own accounts or for the account of its customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our securities.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such

 

115


Table of Contents

securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Outside of the United States, persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions imposed by any applicable laws and regulations outside of the United States relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

This prospectus does not constitute an approved prospectus under the Prospectus Directive and no such prospectus is intended to be prepared and approved in connection with this offering. Accordingly, in relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares of common stock that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if and to the extent that they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriter for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstance falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided, that no such offer of shares shall result in any circumstance that requires any person to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of common stock, as the expression may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto including the 2010 Amending Directive to the extent implemented in each Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed at qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

116


Table of Contents

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with, or approved by, the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum (the “Addendum”) to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum, as it may be amended from time to time. These investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum.

 

117


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering and the validity of the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders will be passed upon for us by our counsel, Bryan Cave LLP, St. Louis, Missouri . Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, Seattle, Washington.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus have been audited by UHY LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and have been included herein in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

118


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the accompanying exhibits and schedules. Some items included in the registration statement are omitted from this prospectus in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of these contracts, agreements or other documents. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to such exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

A copy of the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits and schedules and any other document we file may be inspected without charge and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.

In connection with this offering and before this registration statement becomes effective, we will register our common stock with the SEC under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and, upon such registration, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at  http://www.asvllc.com . You may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, proxy statements and other information filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

119


Table of Contents

 

A.S.V., LLC

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1  

Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets

     F-2  

Statements of Operations

     F-3  

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-4  

Statement of Cash Flows

     F-5  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-6  

 

i


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors of A.S.V., LLC

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of A.S.V., LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of A.S.V., LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ UHY LLP

UHY LLP

Sterling Heights, Michigan

February 7, 2017

 

A member of UHY International, a network of independent accounting and consulting firms

 

F-1


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2015  

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash

   $ 572     $ —    

Cash – restricted

     535       —    

Trade receivables, net

     13,603       14,223  

Receivables from affiliates

     1,413       959  

Inventory

     30,896       29,028  

Prepaid expenses

     537       98  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     47,556       44,308  

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

     15,402       17,157  

Intangible assets, net

     25,824       28,371  

Goodwill

     30,579       30,579  

Deferred financing costs

     371       219  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 119,732     $ 120,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Note payable – short term

   $ 3,000     $ 1,500  

Trade accounts payable

     11,976       12,623  

Payables to affiliates

     2,298       1,658  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     1,073       1,024  

Accrued warranties

     1,870       2,140  

Accrued product liability – short term

     2,125       2,000  

Accrued other

     1,312       940  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,654       21,885  

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Revolving loan facility

     15,605       12,372  

Note payable – long term

     26,265       34,462  

Accrued product liability – long term

     —         1,500  

Other long term liabilities

     773       807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     66,297       71,026  

MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Members’ equity

     54,787       49,787  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,352     (179
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY

     53,435       49,608  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 119,732     $ 120,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-2


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Net sales

   $ 103,803     $ 116,935  

Cost of goods sold

     87,417       100,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,386       16,905  

Research and development costs

     1,999       1,854  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     8,377       9,555  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     6,010       5,496  

Other income (expense)

    

Interest expense

     (4,963     (5,401

Loss on debt extinguishment

     (2,196     —    

Loss on sale of assets

     (24     —    

Other income

     —         4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (7,183     (5,397
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,173   $ 99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Members’
Equity
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 49,787      $ (278   $ 49,509  

Net income

     —          99       99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 49,787      $ (179   $ 49,608  

Member contributions

     5,000        —         5,000  

Net loss

     —          (1,173     (1,173
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 54,787      $ (1,352   $ 53,435  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,173   $ 99  

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     2,181       2,241  

Amortization

     2,547       2,545  

Loss on sale of fixed assets

     24       —    

Amortization of deferred finance cost

     545       535  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     2,196       —    

Prepayments and other fees incurred in debt extinguishment

     (369     —    

Bad debt expense

     42       22  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Trade receivables

     578       (4,301

Net trade receivables/payables from affiliates

     186       9,487  

Other receivables

     —         193  

Inventory

     (1,997     (1,734

Prepaid expenses

     (439     (29

Trade accounts payable

     (647     854  

Accrued expenses

     (1,223     (100

Tax payable

     —         (16,230

Other long-term liabilities

     (34     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,417       (6,450
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds on disposal of fixed assets

     2       —    

Increase in restricted cash

     (535     —    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (325     (315
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (858     (315
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Principal payments on term debt

     (5,500     (2,000

Repayment of existing debt

     (32,500     —    

Borrowings on new term debt

     30,000       —    

Debt issuance costs incurred

     (1,220     —    

Members equity contribution

     5,000       —    

Repayment of existing revolving credit facility

     (12,165     —    

Initial borrowing on new revolving credit facility

     16,716       —    

Net (payments) borrowings on revolving credit facilities

     (1,318     8,763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (987     6,763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

     572       (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

     —         2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 572     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Nature of Operations

A.S.V., LLC (the “Company” or “ASV”) primarily designs, manufactures and markets skid steer loaders and compact track loaders as well as related parts for use primarily in the construction, landscaping, and agricultural industries. The Company’s headquarters and manufacturing facility is located in Grand Rapids, Minnesota. Products are marketed and sold in North America, Latin America and Australia.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and have been consistently applied. The Company is a Limited Liability Company (“LLC”) that is owned by two partners Manitex International, Inc. (“Manitex”) and Terex Corporation (through its wholly-owned subsidiary, A.S.V. Holding, LLC) (“Terex”) that own 51% and 49%, respectively.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant accounting policies described below, together with the other notes that follow, are an integral part of the financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Estimates including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, materials and inventory obsolescence, property, plant and equipment depreciation, intangible amortization, long-lived asset impairment assumptions, warranties, and contingencies are evaluated on a regular basis. Actual amounts could differ from such estimates.

Cash

The Company considers all short-term securities purchased with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash. The Company from time to time during the years covered by these financial statements may have bank balances in excess of its insured limits. Management has deemed this as a normal business risk. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively the Company had classified $2,052 and $1,785 of checks issued in excess of bank balances as accounts payable.

Restricted Cash

Certain of the Company’s lending arrangements require the Company to post cash collateral or maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. These cash amounts are reported as current assets on the balances sheets based on when the cash will be contractually released. Total restricted cash was $535 and $0 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) value. Cost is determined principally by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. In valuing inventory, management is required to make assumptions regarding the

 

F-6


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

level of reserves required to value potentially obsolete or over-valued items at the lower of cost or market. These assumptions require the Company to analyze the aging of and forecasted demand for its inventory, forecast future products sales prices, pricing trends and margins, and to make judgments and estimates regarding obsolete or excess inventory. Future product sales prices, pricing trends and margins are based on the best available information at that time including actual orders received, negotiations with the Company’s customers for future orders, including their plans for expenditures, and market trends for similar products. The valuation of used equipment taken in trade from customers requires the Company to use the best information available to determine the value of the equipment to potential customers. This value is subject to change based on numerous conditions. Inventory reserves are established taking into account age, frequency of use, or sale, and in the case of repair parts the installed base of machines. While calculations are made involving these factors, significant management judgment regarding expectations of future events is involved. Future events that could significantly influence the Company’s judgment and related estimates include general economic conditions in markets where the Company’s products are sold, new equipment price fluctuations, actions of the Company’s competitors, including the introduction of new products and technological advances, as well as new products and design changes the Company introduces. The Company makes adjustments to its inventory reserve based on the identification of specific situations and increases its inventory reserves accordingly. As further changes in future economic or industry conditions occur, the Company will revise the estimates that were used to calculate its inventory reserves.

If actual conditions are less favorable than those the Company has projected, the Company will increase its reserves for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory accordingly. Any increase in the Company’s reserves will adversely impact its results of operations. The establishment of a reserve for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such reserves are not reduced until the product is sold.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include patented and unpatented technology, trade names, customer relationships and other specifically identifiable assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives, which range from ten to twenty-five years. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when facts and circumstances indicate a potential impairment has occurred.

There are three fundamental methods applied to value intangible assets outlined in FASB ASC 820. These methods include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach, and the Income Approach. Each of these valuation approaches were considered in the Company’s estimation of value.

Trade names and trademarks, patented and unpatented technology: Valued using the Relief from Royalty method, a form of both the Market Approach and the Income Approach. Because the Company has established trade names and trademarks and has developed patented and unpatented technology, the Company estimated that the benefit of ownership as the relief from the royalty expense that would need to be incurred in absence of ownership.

Customer relationships: Because there is a specific earnings stream that can be associated with customer relationships, the Company determined the fair value of these relationships based on the excess earnings method, a form of the Income Approach.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Technology: The Company holds a number of U.S. patents covering its undercarriage technology. The key patent related to the Company’s Posi-Track undercarriage and suspension expires in 2023. The average estimated useful life for the Company’s patents is ten years, but useful life is determined in part by any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit useful life. The Company has and will continue to dedicate technical resources toward the further development of our products and processes in order to maintain its competitive position.

Goodwill

Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) and liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. The Company selected December 31 as the date for the required annual impairment test.

The Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs represent the costs incurred in connection with obtaining debt financing. The Company amortizes deferred financing costs in interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt instrument. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has net deferred financing costs of $1,105 and $2,257, respectively. Amortization expense associated with the capitalized deferred financing costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $545 and $535, respectively. During 2016 the Company incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $2,196 associated with the refinancing of its debt, of which $1,827 related to the expensing of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and $369 was for prepayment and other fees incurred in debt extinguishment.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major repairs and improvements are capitalized to the extent they extend the useful life of the asset.

Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs not expected to extend the life of an asset beyond its normal useful life are charged to expense when incurred. Plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives (three to twenty-one years) of the assets under the straight-line method of depreciation for financial reporting purposes.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value. Future cash flow projections include assumptions for future sales and working capital levels, among others. The Company uses data developed by management as well as macroeconomic data in making these calculations. The amount of any impairment then recognized would be calculated as the difference between estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair value less cost to dispose. The Company concluded there was no impairment of long-lived assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on individual customer review and current economic conditions. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts at least quarterly. Individual balances exceeding a threshold amount that are over 90 days past due are reviewed individually for collectability. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis by type of receivable. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company determines it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.

The balance of the allowance for doubtful accounts was $63 and $22 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue and related costs are recorded when title and risk of loss passes to dealers and OEM customers. The Company’s typical terms are FOB shipping point and Ex-works, which results in revenue being recognized and invoicing of dealers and OEM customers upon shipment from the Company’s facilities and when the Company’s products are picked up from the Company’s facilities, respectively.

The Company’s policy requires in all instances certain minimum criteria be met in order to recognize revenue, specifically:

 

a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

 

b) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable;

 

c) Collectability is reasonably assured; and

 

d) No significant obligations remain for future performance.

In addition, the Company’s policies regarding discounts, returns, post shipment obligations, customer acceptance, credits, rebates and protection or similar privileges are as follows:

 

    The Company recognizes revenue consistently across all customers.

 

    Sales discounts are deducted from the revenue immediately as part of the final sales invoice to dealers and OEM customers. Occasional discounts for prompt cash payment are provided to dealers and OEM customers, which are deducted from the cash payment. The Company establishes a reserve for future cash discounts based upon historical experience with dealers and OEM customers.

 

    Sales are final and there is no return period allowed.

 

    The Company has no post shipment obligations outside of warranty assurance, which is included in the sales price.

 

    Customer acceptance occurs by confirmation of the sales quote provided, which describes the terms and conditions of the sale.

 

    Any credits are determined based on investigation of specific customer concerns. Credits that may be issued are recognized in the period in which they are approved.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Accrued Warranties

The Company records accruals for potential warranty claims based on its claim experience. The Company’s products are typically sold with a standard warranty described below.

A liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The liability is established using historical warranty claim experience for each product sold. Historical claim experience may be adjusted for known design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. Warranty reserves are reviewed quarterly to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may affect the potential warranty liability.

Our standard product warranty is a limited product warranty that covers all of our products for a period of twelve months from delivery to and place into service by the first user (including as a demonstration or rental unit) or delivery to the first retail purchaser, whichever occurs first. We provide a separate limited warranty for our rubber tracks that extends for a period of twenty-four months from the date of start-up or 1,500 hours of operation (whichever occurs first) from delivery to and place into service by the first user (including as a demonstration or rental unit) or delivery to the first retail purchaser, whichever occurs first. All products and rubber track warranties commence within twenty-four months of the initial sale to an authorized distributor, regardless of use. Our warranties cover, at our option, the repair or replacement of any part that upon our inspection appears to have been defective in manufacture or materials. We also have the option, with respect to the limited warranty for our rubber track, to provide an allowance toward the purchase of a new rubber track. Our limited warranty is subject to certain conditions and will be voided under certain circumstances, including the installation of non-ASV parts and improper or unauthorized maintenance, alteration or repair. We also provide a separate warranty on our OEM replacement parts that are installed by our authorized dealers for a period of twelve months from the date of shipment or the period remaining in the product warranty for the affected product (whichever is shorter).

The following table summarizes the changes in the accrued warranty liability:

 

Balance as January 1, 2015

   $ 2,208  

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     1,909  

Warranty services provided

     (1,775

Changes in estimates

     (202
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   $ 2,140  
  

 

 

 

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     1,225  

Warranty services provided

     (1,262

Changes in estimates

     (233
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 1,870  
  

 

 

 

Litigation Claims

In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in a particular matter, it will then record an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for a former senior executive. The SERP is unfunded. The Company accounts for this plan pursuant to ASC 710, “Compensation –General.” This guidance requires balance sheet recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit plan. Actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have not been recognized under previous accounting guidance must be recognized in the Statement of Operations. The defined benefit obligation for this plan as of December 31, 2016 is $837, of which, $64 and $773 is reflected in “Accrued Other” and “Other Long-Term Liabilities”, respectively, on the balance sheet. The balance at December 31, 2015 was $871, of which, $64 and $807 was reflected in the “Accrued Other” and “Other Long-Term Liabilities”, respectively. The Company expects to make annual benefit payments of $64 per year over the next five years.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs are incurred in the development of new products or significant improvements to existing products.

Income Taxes

Effective December 23, 2014, the Company was converted into a Minnesota limited liability company, which is not a tax paying entity for Federal and state income tax purposes, and thus no provision for Federal and state income tax is reflected in the financial statements. The income or loss of the Company is passed through to its members and their share is reported on their respective tax returns. The Company has adopted ASC guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no uncertain tax positions that would require an adjustment to the financial statements.

Concentrations of business and credit risk

Caterpillar Inc., an OEM customer, and CEG Distributions PTY Ltd., our Australian master distributor, accounted for 36% of the Company’s Net Sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 as well as 64% of the Company’s Accounts Receivable at December 31, 2016. Caterpillar Inc. and CEG Distributions PTY Ltd accounted for 39% of the Company’s Net Sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 as well as 68% of the Company’s Accounts Receivable at December 31, 2015.

Sales by major customer consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016      2015  
     Percent
of Total
    Amount      Percent
of Total
    Amount  

Caterpillar

     23   $ 23,607        28   $ 32,417  

CEG Distributions PTY Ltd.

     13     13,497        11     13,381  

Other

     64     66,699        61     71,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100   $ 103,803        100   $ 116,935  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Any disruptions to these two customer relationships could have adverse effects on the Company’s financial results. The Company manages dealer and OEM concentration risk by evaluating in advance the financial condition and creditworthiness of its dealers and OEM customers. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, if needed, based upon expected collectability. Any reserves established for doubtful accounts is determined on a case-by-case basis when it is believed the payment of specific amounts owed to us is unlikely to occur. Although the Company has encountered isolated credit concerns related to its dealer base, management is not aware of any significant credit risks related to the Company’s dealer base and generally does not require collateral or other security to support account receivables, other than UCC related sales. The Company has secured a credit insurance policy for certain accounts with a policy limit of liability of not more than $8,600.

Revenue by geographic area consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016      2015  
     Percent
of Total
    Amount      Percent
of Total
    Amount  

United States

     79   $ 82,413        82   $ 95,725  

Australia

     13     13,219        11     13,169  

Other

     8     8,171        7     8,041  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100   $ 103,803        100   $ 116,935  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

The Company estimates fair value at a price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market for the asset or liability. The Company’s valuation techniques require inputs be categorized using a three-level hierarchy, from highest to lowest level of observable inputs, as follows: (1) unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets (“Level 1”), (2) direct or indirect observable inputs, including quoted prices or other market data, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or identical assets or liabilities in less active markets (“Level 2”) and (3) unobservable inputs that require significant judgment for which there is little or no market data (“Level 3”). When multiple input levels are required for a valuation, the entire fair value measurement is categorized according to the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement even though the Company may have also utilized significant inputs that are more readily observable.

The Company’s cash, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable are by their nature short-term. As a result, the carrying values included in the accompanying Balance Sheet approximate fair value. The carrying value of debt approximates fair value as it is variable rate debt and recently acquired.

NOTE 3 – ACQUISITION

Stock Purchase

On December 19, 2014, the Company was acquired by Manitex via a stock purchase agreement entered into between Manitex and Terex on October 29, 2014, pursuant to which Manitex acquired 51% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company. The Company accounted for the acquisition following the provisions of push-down accounting in accordance with ASC 805-50-25.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 3 – ACQUISITION  (Continued)

 

The fair value of the purchase consideration was $49,787 in total as shown below:

 

Cash

   $ 25,000  

Note payable to seller

     1,411  

Fair value of rollover equity

     23,376  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 49,787  
  

 

 

 

Under the acquisition method of accounting, in accordance ASC 805, Business Combinations, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are valued based on their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate estimated fair value of net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill.

At December 31, 2014, it was stated that the purchase price allocation was preliminary and was subject to final review of certain items including inventory, accrual and receivable balances. During 2015, the purchase price allocation was adjusted.

Adjustments for the following reasons to the previously reported provisional assets or liabilities were made:

 

Recorded liabilities that existed at acquisition date that had not been recorded

   $ 115  

Adjustment to reduce the value of certain inventory based on obtaining additional information

     460  

Eliminate value assigned to fixed assets determined not to exist at date of acquisition

     262  

Increase reserves for potential product liability suitsbased on additional information

     3,199  

Adjustment to reserves for workers compensation claims based on additional information

     69  

Adjustment to taxes payable to match actual tax liability

     (270
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,835  
  

 

 

 

The balance sheet at December 31, 2014 was restated to reflect the above changes to the purchase price allocation as follows:

 

Account

   Provisional
amount
recorded
     Adjustment
to purchase
price
allocation
     Revised
provisional
amount
recorded
 

Goodwill

   $ 26,744      $ 3,835      $ 30,579  

Inventory

   $ 27,217      $ (460    $ 26,757  

Fixed assets

   $ 19,177      $ (262    $ 18,915  

Accrued expenses

   $ (3,975    $ (3,382    $ (7,357

Taxes payable

   $ (16,500    $ 269      $ (16,231

The above adjustments are non-cash items and, therefore, do not have an impact on the Statement of Cash Flows and did not have a material impact on the Statement of Operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 3 – ACQUISITION  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

Purchase price allocation:

 

Cash

   $ 2  

Accounts receivable

     18,232  

Prepaid expenses

     71  

Inventory

     26,757  

Total fixed assets

     18,915  

Customer relationships

     16,000  

Trade name and trademarks

     7,000  

Patented and unpatented technology

     8,000  

Goodwill

     30,579  

Deferred financing costs

     2,767  

Accounts payable

     (9,459

Accrued expenses

     (7,358

Taxes payable

     (16,230

Accrued pension liability

     (839

Assumption of non-recourse debt

     (44,650
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 49,787  
  

 

 

 

Deferred financing costs: Legal and bank fees incurred related to establishing the Company’s term debt and revolving credit financing .

Rollover equity: Fair value of Terex 49% share of the Company’s equity was first calculated by grossing up the fair value of the controlling interest purchased by the Company to a 100% value, then deducting the $25,000 value of the majority holder. An adjustment for an implied minority discount of $2,000 (approximately 8%) was applied against initial calculation.

Existing non-recourse debt: As part of the transaction, the Company entered into a $40,000, five year term debt facility and a $35,000 revolving credit facility. At the date of acquisition, the Company had fully drawn funds on the term debt, $40,000, and had drawn $4,650 on the revolving credit facility.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total consideration is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the date of the acquisition as shown below.

Tangible assets and liabilities: The tangible assets and liabilities were valued at their respective carrying values by the Company, except for certain adjustments necessary to state such amounts at their estimated fair values at acquisition date. Fair market adjustments to fixed assets and inventory of $3,668 were recorded.

Intangible assets: There are three fundamental methods applied to value intangible assets outlined in FASB ASC 820. These methods include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach, and the Income Approach. Each of these valuation approaches were considered in the Company’s estimation of value.

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 3 – ACQUISITION  (Continued)

 

Trade names and trademarks, patented and unpatented technology: Valued using the Relief from Royalty method, a form of both the Market Approach and the Income Approach. Because the Company has established trade names and trademarks and has developed patented and unpatented technology, we estimated the benefit of ownership as the relief from the royalty expense that would need to be incurred in absence of ownership.

Customer relationships: Because there is a specific earnings stream that can be associated with customer relationships, the Company determined the fair value of these relationships based on the excess earnings method, a form of the Income Approach.

Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of total consideration paid and the fair value of net assets acquired. The recognition of goodwill of $30,579 reflects the inherent value in the Company’s reputation, which has been built since being founded in 1983 and the prospects for significant future earnings.

For income tax purposes, intangible assets and goodwill will be amortized and will result in future tax deductions for the members.

Tax payable : On December 22, 2014, the Board of Directors of A.S.V., Inc. agreed to implement a plan of conversion to convert A.S.V., Inc., a C Corporation into a Minnesota limited liability company. Under the plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares of A.S.V., Inc. were cancelled and an equal number of limited liability company membership interest were issued to the members of ASV, on a one for four basis. The effective date of the conversion was December 23, 2014.

Acquisition transaction costs: Cost and expenses related to the acquisition have been expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company incurred fees totaling $646 for accounting and legal services performed in connection with the acquisition.

NOTE 4 – INVENTORY

Inventory consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 18,920      $ 18,462  

Work in process

     165        89  

Finished equipment and replacement parts

     12,105        10,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     31,190        29,131  

Less: Reserves for excess and obsolete

     (294      (103
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 30,896      $ 29,028  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Land

   $ 420      $ 420  

Buildings

     9,668        9,580  

Machinery and equipment

     9,448        9,103  

Construction in progress

     —          136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     19,536        19,239  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (4,134      (2,082
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 15,402      $ 17,157  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $2,059 and $2,013 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 6 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net comprised the following as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Weighted
Average Life
(In Years)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Patents and unpatented technology

     10      $ 8,000      $ (1,627    $ 6,373  

Tradename and trademarks

     25        7,000        (568      6,432  

Customer relationships

     11        16,000        (2,981      13,019  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12      $ 31,000      $ (5,176    $ 25,824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net comprised the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Weighted
Average Life
(In Years)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Patents and unpatented technology

           

Tradename and trademarks

     10      $ 8,000      $ (827    $ 7,173  

Customer relationships

     25        7,000        (288      6,712  
     11        16,000        (1,514      14,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12      $ 31,000      $ (2,629    $ 28,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization of other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $2,547 and $2,545, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 6 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET  (Continued)

 

Estimated aggregate intangible asset amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

2017

   $ 2,547  

2018

     2,547  

2019

     2,547  

2020

     2,547  

2021

     2,547  

Thereafter

     13,089  
  

 

 

 

Total intangibles to be amortized

   $ 25,824  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Loan Facilities

On December 23, 2016, the Company completed a new unitranche credit agreement with PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC”), and White Oak Global Advisors, LLC (“White Oak”) to provide a $65,000, 5-year credit facility. This new facility replaces the Company’s previous revolving credit and term loan facilities with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC. The new facility consists of a $35,000 revolving credit facility (which is subject to availability based primarily on eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory), a Term Loan A facility of $8,500 and a Term Loan B facility of $21,500. A total of $46,700 was drawn by the Company at closing of the credit agreement.

Revolving Loan Facility with PNC

On December 23, 2016, the Company entered into a $35,000 revolving loan facility with PNC as the administrative agent, which loan facility includes two sub-facilities: (i) a $2,000 letter of credit sub-facility, and (ii) a $3,500 swing loan sub-facility, each of which is fully reserved against availability under the revolving loan facility. The facility matures on December 23, 2021.

The $35,000 revolving loan facility is a secured financing facility under which borrowing availability is limited to existing collateral as defined in the agreement. The maximum amount available is limited to (i) the sum of (a) up to 85% of Eligible Receivables, plus (b) 90% of Eligible Insured Foreign Receivables, plus (c) the lesser of (I) 95% of Eligible CAT Receivables, or $8,600 plus (ii) the lesser of (A) the sum of (I) up to 65% of the value of the Eligible Inventory (other than Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods machines and service parts that are current), plus (II) 80% of the value of Eligible inventory consisting of finished goods machines, plus (III) 75% of the value of Eligible Inventory consisting of service parts that are current) or, (B) up to 90% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory. Inventory collateral is capped at $15,000 less outstanding letters of credit and any reasonable reserves as established by the bank. At December 31, 2016, the maximum the Company could borrow based on available collateral was capped at $19,154.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had drawn $15,605 under the $35,000 PNC Credit Agreement. The Company can opt to pay interest on the revolving credit facility at either a domestic rate plus a spread, or a LIBOR rate plus a spread. The initial spread for domestic and LIBOR is fixed at 1.5% and 2.5%, respectively, until delivery of certain reporting documents with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017, at which point the spread for domestic rate will range from 1% to 1.5% and LIBOR spread from 2% to 2.5% depending on

 

F-17


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 7 – DEBT  (Continued)

 

the average undrawn availability (as defined in the loan agreement). Funds borrowed under the LIBOR options can be borrowed for periods of one, two, or three months. The weighted average interest rate for the period ending December 31, 2016 was 3.6%. Additionally, the bank assesses a 0.375% unused line fee that is payable monthly.

Term Loan A with PNC

On December 23, 2016 the Company entered into an $8,500 term loan (“Term Loan A”) facility with PNC as the administrative agent.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had an outstanding balance of $8,500. The Company can opt to pay interest on Term Loan A facility at either a domestic rate plus a spread, or a LIBOR rate plus a spread. The initial spread for domestic and LIBOR rates are fixed at 2% and 3%, respectively, until delivery of certain reporting documents with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017, at which point the spread for domestic rate will range from 1% to 1.5% and LIBOR spread from 2% to 2.5% depending on the average undrawn availability (as defined in the loan agreement). Funds borrowed under the LIBOR options can be borrowed for periods of one, two, or three months. The weighted average interest rate for the period ending December 31, 2016 was 4.76%.

The Company is obligated to make quarterly principal payments of $212 commencing on March 31, 2017. If the term loan is prepaid in full or in part prior to the maturity date, the Company will be required to pay a prepayment penalty. If paid prior to December 23, 2017 the prepayment penalty will be equal to 1.0% of the prepayment. The prepayment penalty percentage reduces each year towards the loan maturity date. Any unpaid principal is due on maturity, which is December 23, 2021. Interest is payable monthly beginning on December 31, 2016.

Term Loan B with White Oak

On December 23, 2016 the Company entered into a $21,500 term loan (“Term Loan B”) facility with White Oak as the administrative agent.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had an outstanding balance of $21,500. The interest rate is fixed at a LIBOR rate plus 10% until delivery of the same reporting documents referenced above. After delivery of the reporting documents, the Company will pay interest at the LIBOR rate plus a spread of either 9% or 10% depending on the leverage ratio, provided that at no time will the LIBOR rate be less than 1%. The interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 11%.

The Company is obligated to make quarterly principal payments of $538 commencing on March 31, 2017. If the term loan is prepaid in full or in part prior to the maturity date, the Company will be required to pay a prepayment penalty. If paid prior to December 23, 2017 the prepayment penalty will be equal to 2.0% of the prepayment. The prepayment penalty percentage reduces each year towards the loan maturity date. Any unpaid principal is due on maturity, which is December 23, 2021. Interest is payable monthly beginning on December 31, 2016.

Covenants

The Company’s indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets and the respective equity interests of the Company’s members. The facilities contain customary limitations including, but not

 

F-18


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 7 – DEBT  (Continued)

 

limited to, limitations on additional indebtedness, acquisitions, and payment of dividends. The Company is also required to comply with certain financial covenants as defined in the Credit Agreement. The revolving credit facility and the term loans require the Company to maintain a Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.0. Additionally, the term loans require the Company not exceed a Leverage Ratio of 5.00 to 1.00 which shall step down to 2.85 to 1.00 by March 31, 2021 and also limits capital expenditures to $1,300 in any fiscal year.

Schedule Debt Maturities

The scheduled annual maturities of the principal portion of debt outstanding at December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

2017

   $ 3,000  

2018

     3,000  

2019

     3,000  

2020

     3,000  

2021

     33,605  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,605  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 8 – PURCHASE COMMITMENTS

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has open purchase orders of approximately $9,480 and $14,755, respectively. Purchase obligations include non-cancellable and cancellable commitments. In certain cases, cancellable commitments contain penalty provisions for cancellation.

NOTE 9 – OPERATING LEASES

The Company’s leasing operations consist principally of the leasing of real estate, office equipment and vehicles under operating leases that expire over the next two to eighteen years.

The following is a schedule by year of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2016:

 

2017

   $ 83  

2018

     79  

2019

     32  

2020

     23  

2021

     14  

Subsequent to 2021

     202  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 433  
  

 

 

 

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $137 and $71, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Effective December 19, 2014, the Company has entered into a Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement with Terex that sets forth the terms under which ASV will manufacture and sell ASV Products, certain services Terex will provide in assisting in the sales and marketing of ASV products and the costs to be paid by ASV in exchange for such services. The agreement defines dealers and territories and customers that Terex shall have the exclusive right on behalf of ASV to market and sell Terex branded ASV products. The agreement defines the compensation to Terex for its machine sales selling expense, part sales selling expense and general and administrative costs associated with such sales. In addition, for the provision of marketing services by Terex, ASV shall pay an annual fee of $250, subject to annual escalation of 3% plus 0.2% of net incremental sales. Unless terminated, the term of the agreement is five years, and the parties may agree to renew for additional one year terms. ASV expensed $1,648 and $1,960 for services for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Effective December 19, 2014 the Company has entered into a Services Agreement with Terex that sets forth the terms under which Terex will provide certain services to ASV and ASV will retain access to certain services provided by Terex and the compensation related thereto. The scope of the agreement covers amongst other items, temporary transition services arising from the transfer of majority ownership to Manitex, third party logistics services for parts fulfilment, warranty and field service and Information Technology services for both transitional and ongoing services. Unless terminated, the term of the agreement is specific to each service provided, and the parties may agree to renew for additional one year terms. ASV expensed $1,418 and $1,472 for services provided for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Included in the Company’s Statements of Operations are sales to Terex of $1,653 and sales to Manitex of $1,041 (total $2,694) for the year ended December 31, 2016 and sales to Terex of $2,472 and sales to Manitex of $611 (total $3,083) for the year ended December 31, 2015. The company recorded purchases from Terex of $8,545 and $9,495 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The company also recorded charges for insurance and employee benefit costs from Manitex of $2,906 and $2,991 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Receivables from affiliates include $501 due from Terex and $912 due from Manitex (total $1,413) at December 31, 2016, and $388 due from Terex and $571 due from Manitex (total $959) at December 31, 2015.

Payables from affiliates includes $2,275 due to Terex and $23 due to Manitex (total $2,298) at December 31, 2016 and $1,413 due to Terex and $245 due to Manitex (total $1,658) at December 31, 2015.

NOTE 11 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of revenue resulting from contracts with customers and will supersede virtually all of the current revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net)” (“ASU 2016-08”), which clarifies how an entity should identify the unit of accounting for the principal versus agent evaluation and how it should apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements. In April 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing” (“ASU 2016-10”), which clarifies guidance related to identifying the performance obligations and licensing implementation

 

F-20


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 11 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  (Continued)

 

guidance contained in the new revenue recognition standard. In May 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-12, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients” (“ASU 2016-12”), which addresses narrow-scope improvements to the guidance on collectability, noncash consideration and completed contracts at transition as well as providing a practical expedient for contract modifications at transition and an accounting policy election related to the presentation of sales taxes and other similar taxes collected from customers. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” ASU 2016-20 is intended to clarify and suggest improvements to the application of current standards under Topic 606 and other Topics amended by ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” (“ASU 2015-03”). ASU 2015-03 requires debt issuance costs related to borrowings be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the borrowing, consistent with debt discounts. The ASU does not affect the amount or timing of expenses for debt issuance costs. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, “Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements,” which amends, ASC 835-30, “Interest – Imputation of Interest”. The ASU clarifies the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs associated with lines of credit. These costs may be presented as an asset and amortized ratably over the term of the line of credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are outstanding borrowings on the arrangement. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15 as of January 1, 2016 on a retrospective basis, by recasting all prior periods shown to reflect the effect of adoption. As a result of adoption, $2,038 was reclassified from Non-Current Assets to Non-Current Liabilities at December 31, 2015. Unamortized costs related to securing our revolving line of credit will continue to be presented in Non-Current Assets on the accompanying Balance Sheets.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory,” (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventory by using only the lower of cost or net realizable value. The ASU defines net realizable value as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 with early adoption permitted and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2015-11 should be applied prospectively.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” (“ASU 2016-01”). The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables); and eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

NOTE 11 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  (Continued)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities associated with the rights and obligations created by those leases. The guidance for lessors is largely unchanged from current U.S. GAAP. Under the new guidance, a lessee will be required to recognize assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. Consistent with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”), which includes multiple amendments intended to simplify aspects of share-based payment accounting. Amendments to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements, and forfeitures will be applied using a modified retrospective transition method through a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Amendments to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares to meet the minimum statutory withholding requirement will be applied retrospectively, and amendments requiring the recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the income statement are to be applied prospectively. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230): Statement of Cash Flows” (“ASU 2016-15”), which clarifies how entities should classify certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 also clarifies how the predominance principle should be applied when cash receipts and cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have its financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force,” which requires that amounts described as restricted cash or cash equivalents must be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 will be effective in fiscal year 2019 and must be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by eliminating the requirement of performing a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Instead, impairment will be measured using the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of the reporting unit. The amended guidance also eliminates the requirement for any reporting unit with a zero or a negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and will require disclosure of the amount of goodwill allocated to each reporting unit with a zero or a negative carrying amount of net assets. This standard will be effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The standard is to be applied prospectively. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

A.S.V., LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

NOTE 12 – LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation liability, employment, commercial and intellectual property litigation, which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company is insured for product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property damage and other insurable risk required by law or contract, with retained liability or deductibles. The Company has recorded and maintains an estimated liability in the amount of management’s estimate of the Company’s aggregate exposure for such retained liabilities and deductibles. For such retained liabilities and deductibles, the Company determines its exposure based on probable loss estimations, which requires such losses to be both probable and the amount or range of probable loss to be estimable. The Company believes it has made appropriate and adequate reserves and accruals for its current contingencies.

At December 31, 2016 there were two outstanding product liability cases of $1,900 and $225 (total $2,125). One case settled prior to year-end (see note 14). The outcomes of lawsuits cannot be predicted and, if determined adversely, could ultimately result in the Company incurring significant liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations. The Company believes that the outcome of such matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on its financial statements as a whole.

NOTE 13 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Interest and income taxes paid during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Interest paid in cash

   $ 4,393      $ 4,961  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax payments in cash

   $ —        $ 16,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 14 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date and time the financial statements were issued on February 7, 2017. The product liability case Knezek v. Terex Corp, et. al., went to trial and on November 10, 2016, the jury awarded the plaintiff damages payable by the Company in the amount of $109. The verdict was subject to appeal and on January 12, 2017 a settlement agreement of $225 was reached.

No other material subsequent events have occurred since December 31, 2016 that required recognition or disclosure in the current period financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

 

3,800,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners

Co-Lead Manager

Seaport Global Securities

 

 

                    , 2017

Through and including                     , 2017 (the 25 th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and Nasdaq listing fee.

 

     AMOUNT  

SEC registration fee

   $ 5,065  

FINRA filing fee

     7,055  

Nasdaq listing fee

     50,000  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     70,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     750,000  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     3,500  

Printing and engraving expenses

     83,000  

Miscellaneous

     31,380  

Total

   $ 1,000,000  

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that a Delaware corporation, in its certificate of incorporation, may limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

    transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit;

 

    act or omission not in good faith or that involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

    breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) because that person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, so long as the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed was in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to obtain a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

such action, so long as the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed was in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, except that no indemnification shall be permitted without judicial approval if a court has determined that the person is to be liable to the corporation with respect to such claim. Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that, if a present or former director or officer has been successful in defense of any action referred to in Sections 145(a) and (b) of the DGCL, the corporation must indemnify such officer or director against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) he or she actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise against any liability asserted against and incurred by such person, in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation could indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide for the limitation of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

We also expect to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. These indemnification agreements will provide, among other things, that we will indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs and attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by a director or officer in any claim, action or proceeding arising in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company or in connection with service at our request for another corporation or entity. The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that a director or officer makes a claim for indemnification.

We also expect to maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

We have entered into an underwriting agreement, which provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us, our officers and directors, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

We have not issued any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years, except for the limited liability company interests issued upon the conversion of A.S.V., Inc. to A.S.V., LLC in December 2014 to Terex and Manitex. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to issue Terex and Manitex shares of our common stock for their limited liability company interests in accordance with the plan of conversion for the LLC Conversion. The issuance of such limited liability company interests was, and the issuance of such common stock will be, exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering and pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) thereof as a transaction with respect to a security exchanged by an issuer with its existing security holders.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits

See the Index to Exhibits attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided, because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) The registrant will provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Grand Rapids, in the State of Minnesota, on this 26th day of April, 2017.

 

A.S.V., LLC
By:      

/s/    Andrew M. Rooke

  Andrew M. Rooke
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Andrew M. Rooke        

Andrew M. Rooke

  

Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 26, 2017

/s/    Melissa How        

Melissa How

  

Finance Director

(Principal Financial and

Accounting Officer)

  April 26, 2017

*

Brian J. Henry

  

Director

  April 26, 2017

*

Michael A. Lisi

  

Director

  April 26, 2017

*

Joseph M. Nowicki

  

Director

  April 26, 2017

*

David Rooney

  

Director

  April 26, 2017

 

 
*By:   /s/ Andrew M. Rooke
  Name:  

Andrew M. Rooke

Attorney-in-Fact


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1   Form of Plan of Conversion
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the company, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering
  3.2*   Bylaws of the company, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering
  5.1   Opinion of Bryan Cave LLP
10.1*+   Form of ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan
10.2*+   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3*+   Employment Agreement, dated January 9, 2017, by and between the Company and Andrew Rooke
10.4*+   Letter Agreement, dated January 18, 2017, among the Company, Manitex International, Inc., Terex Corporation and Andrew Rooke
10.5*+   Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2016, by and between the Company and James J. DiBiagio
10.6*+   Letter Agreement, dated November 29, 2016, by and between the Company and James J. DiBiagio
10.7*+   Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Melissa How
10.8*+   Letter Agreement, dated November 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Melissa How
10.9*   Lease Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and between the Company and Terex USA, LLC
10.10  

Agreement Regarding the Winddown and Termination of the Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement and Services Agreement, by and among the Company, Terex Corporation and Manitex International, Inc.

10.11*   Form of Employee Matters Agreement, by and between the Company and Manitex International, Inc.
10.12*   Form of Separation Agreement, by and among the Company, Terex Corporation and Manitex International, Inc.
10.13*   Subsidy Agreement, dated March 12, 2015, by and between the Company and Terex Financial Services, Inc.
10.14*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company, Terex Corporation and Manitex International, Inc.
10.15*   Credit Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and among the Company, Loegering Mfg. Inc., Garrison Capital Inc., Garrison Loan Holdings LLC, Garrison Funding 2013-2 Ltd., Garrison Funding 2015-2 LP, CM Finance SPV Ltd., and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC
10.16*   First Amendment, dated March 15, 2016, to Credit Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and among the Company, Manitex International, Inc., ASV Holding, LLC, Garrison Funding 2013-2 Ltd., Garrison Middle Market II LP, GMMF Loan Holdings LLC, CM Finance SPV Ltd., and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC
10.17*   Credit Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and among the Company, Loegering Mfg. Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION

10.18*    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated October 6, 2015, by and among the Company, Manitex International, Inc., ASV Holding, LLC, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.19*    Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2016, by and among the Company, Manitex International, Inc., ASV Holding, LLC, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.20*    Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 23, 2016, by and among the Company and the lenders named therein.
10.21*^    Letter Agreement, dated December 18, 2014, by and between the Company and Caterpillar Inc.
10.22*^    Distributorship Agreement (Construction-AUS), dated August 20, 2009, by and among the Company, Terex United Kingdom Limited, Terex GmbH, and CEG Distributions Pty Limited
10.23*^    Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and among Terex Corporation, Manitex International, Inc. and the Company (as successor-in-interest to A.S.V., Inc.)
10.24*^    Services Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and between Terex Corporation and the Company (as successor-in-interest to A.S.V., Inc.)
10.25    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.26    First Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement and Consent, dated April 25, 2017.
23.1    Consent of UHY LLP
23.2    Consent of Bryan Cave LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Power of Attorney
24.2    Power of Attorney for Michael A. Lisi

 

* Previously filed
+ Management contract or compensatory plan
^ Confidential treatment has been sought regarding the agreement.

Exhibit 1.1

ASV HOLDINGS, INC.

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[            ] Shares of Common Stock

April [__], 2017

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

As Representative of the

Several Underwriters Named on Schedule I hereto

c/o Roth Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente Drive, Suite 400

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Ladies and Gentlemen:

ASV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ,” or each, an “ Underwriter ”), for whom Roth Capital Partners, LLC is acting as representative (the “ Representative ”), an aggregate of [            ] authorized but unissued shares (the “ Firm Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule II hereto (the “ Selling Secondary Shares Stockholder ”) hereby agrees to sell an aggregate of up to [            ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Secondary Shares ”) in the amounts set forth opposite its name on Schedule II . The stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule II hereto (the “ Selling Option Shares Stockholder ” and, together with the Selling Secondary Shares Stockholder, the “ Selling Stockholders ”) also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof, up to an additional [            ] 1 shares of Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”). The Firm Shares, the Secondary Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .”

The Company , the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters hereby confirm their agreement as follows:

1. Registration Statement and Prospectus.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement covering the Shares on Form S-1 (File No. 333-216912) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) of the Commission thereunder, including a preliminary prospectus relating to the Shares and such amendments to such registration statement (including post-effective amendments) as may have been required to the date of this Agreement. Such

 

 

1  

Will be equal to 15% of the Firm Shares.

 

1


registration statement, as amended (including any post-effective amendments), has been declared effective by the Commission. Such registration statement, including amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments thereto) at the time of effectiveness thereof (the “ Effective Time ”), the exhibits and any schedules thereto at the Effective Time or thereafter during the period of effectiveness and the documents and information otherwise deemed to be a part thereof or included therein by the Securities Act or otherwise pursuant to the Rules and Regulations at the Effective Time or thereafter during the period of effectiveness, is herein called the “ Registration Statement .” If the Company has filed or files an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (“ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term Registration Statement shall include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act is hereinafter called a “ Preliminary Prospectus .” The Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement at [a.m/p.m.], New York City Time, on , 2017, which was the time immediately prior to the pricing of the offering contemplated hereby (the “ Applicable Time ”) is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus .”

The Company is filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act a final prospectus covering the Shares, which includes the information permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement at the Effective Time by Rule 430A under the Securities Act. Such final prospectus, as so filed, is hereinafter called the “ Final Prospectus .” The Final Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus in the form in which they were included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act is hereinafter called a “ Prospectus .”

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company Regarding the Offering.

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5(d) below) and as of each Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 5(b) below), as follows:

(i) No Material Misstatements or Omissions . At the Effective Time, at the date hereof, at the Closing Date, and at each Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not, does not, and will not, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Time of Sale Disclosure Package (as defined in Section 2(a)(v)(A)(1) below) as of the Applicable Time did not and at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date will not, and the Final Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as of its date, at the time of filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act at the Closing Date, and at each Option Closing Date, if any, and any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, did not, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and

 

2


warranties set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences of this paragraph shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, or any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company (i) by the Underwriters specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 8(g) or (ii) by any Selling Stockholder specifically for use in the preparation thereof (the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”). The Registration Statement contains all exhibits and schedules required to be filed by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement or any Prospectus is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

(ii) Marketing Materials . The Company has not distributed any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the roadshow or investor presentations delivered to and approved by the Representative for use in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (the “ Marketing Materials ”).

(iii) Emerging Growth Company . From the date of the initial confidential submission of a draft registration statement with the Commission to the date hereof, the Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Communications. Except as disclosed on Schedule V hereto, the Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (ii) has not authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act (“ Written Testing-the-Waters Communications ”), other than those previously provided to the Representative and listed on Schedule V hereto. “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act. The Company has filed publicly on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) at least 15 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 und the Securities Act), any confidentially submitted draft registration statement and draft registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Shares. Each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication did not, as of the Applicable Time, and at all times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Shares, will not, include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict, each in any material respect, with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

 

3


(v) Accurate Disclosure . (A) The Company has provided a copy to the Underwriters of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below) used in the sale of the Shares. The Company has filed all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses required to be so filed with the Commission, and no order preventing or suspending the effectiveness or use of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission. When taken together with the rest of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, no Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times though the completion of the public offer and sale of the Shares, has, does or will include (1) any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (2) information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus. The representations and warranties set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, (x) written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 8(g) or (y) Selling Stockholder Information. As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:

(1) “ Time of Sale Disclosure Package ” means the Pricing Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus included on Schedule IV.

(2) “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to the Shares that (A) is required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, or (B) is exempt from filing pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) or (d)(8) under the Securities Act, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) under the Securities Act.

(B) At the time of filing of the Registration Statement and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or an “excluded issuer” as defined in Rule 164 under the Securities Act.

(C) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule IV satisfied, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the Prospectus Delivery Period, all other conditions as may be applicable to its use as set forth in Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act, including any legend, record-keeping or other requirements.

(vi) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes and schedules, included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein

 

4


specified in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied throughout the periods involved. No other financial statements, pro forma financial information or schedules are required under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the Rules and Regulations to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus.

(vii) Pro Forma Financial Information . The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus fairly present the information shown therein and include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statements amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the application requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and Regulation S-X.

(i) Non-GAAP Information . All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.

(ii) Independent Accountants. To the Company’s knowledge, UHY LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules included as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, is an independent public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

(iii) Accounting Controls. The Company maintains systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any

 

5


differences. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(iv) Forward-Looking Statements . The Company had a reasonable basis for, and made in good faith, each “forward-looking statement” (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or the Marketing Materials.

(v) Statistical and Marketing-Related Data . All statistical or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, or included in the Marketing Materials, are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources, to the extent required.

(vi) Trading Market . The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and is approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“ Nasdaq ”). When issued, the Shares will be listed on Nasdaq.

(vii) Absence of Manipulation . The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(viii) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the net proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(b) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

3. Representations and Warranties Regarding the Company.

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date, as follows:

(i) Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, the conversion of A.S.V., LLC to ASV Holdings, Inc. (as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) has been consummated. The Company has the

 

6


power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to own its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other entity in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify would not have or be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect upon the business, prospects, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company, taken as a whole, or in its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement (“ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(ii) Authorization . The Company has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to authorize, issue and sell the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company, and when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute the valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity.

(iii) Contracts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any law, order, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject, or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, (B) conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) (a “ Default Acceleration Event ”) of, any agreement, lease, credit facility, debt, note, bond, mortgage, indenture or other instrument (the “ Contracts ”) or obligation or other understanding to which the Company is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, except to the extent that such conflict, default, or Default Acceleration Event is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other equivalent organizational or governing documents (collectively, the “ Company Governing Documents ”).

(iv) No Violations of Governing Documents . The Company is not in violation, breach or default under the Company Governing Documents.

(v) Consents . No consents, approvals, orders, authorizations or filings are required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the issue and sale of the Shares, except (A) the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares, which has been effected, (B) the necessary filings and approvals from Nasdaq to list the Shares, (C) such consents,

 

7


approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state or foreign securities or blue sky laws and the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, (D) such consents and approvals as have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and (E) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations and filings the failure of which to make or obtain is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) Capitalization . The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have been issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and conform to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. Except for the issuances of options or restricted stock pursuant to the Company’s incentive plans as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, since the respective dates as of which information is provided in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, the Company has not entered into or granted any convertible or exchangeable securities, options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company. The Firm Shares, when issued and paid for as provided herein, will be, and the Secondary Shares and the Option Shares are, duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will be (or have been, as applicable) issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and will be (or were, as applicable) free of preemptive, registration or similar rights and will conform to the description of the capital stock of the Company contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(vii) Taxes . The Company has (a) filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof and (b) paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due and payable on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. No issues have been raised and are currently pending by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company, and no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company. The term “ taxes ” means all federal, state, local, foreign, and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments, or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “ returns ” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements, and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

8


(viii) Material Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, (a) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company (other than the shares of Common Stock issued to the Selling Stockholders when the Company converted from a Minnesota limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and the authorization to issue equity awards upon conversion of outstanding equity awards of Manitex International, Inc. into the Company’s equity awards, each as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus), (d) there has not been any material change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt, and (e) there has not been the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect.

(ix) Absence of Proceedings . There is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, any action, suit or proceeding to which the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company is the subject before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or any arbitrator or mediator, which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect

(x) Permits . The Company holds, and is in compliance with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders (“ Permits ”) of any governmental or self-regulatory agency, authority or body required for the conduct of its business, and all such Permits are in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to hold, or comply with, any of them is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(xi) Good Title . The Company has good and marketable title to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus as being owned by them and that are material to the business of the Company, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects, except those that are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The property held under lease by the Company is held by the Company under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company.

(xii) Intellectual Property . The Company owns or possesses or has valid right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“ Intellectual Property ”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company as currently carried on and as described in the Registration

 

9


Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company involves or gives rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property of others, except where such action, use, license or fee is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any notice alleging any such infringement or fee.

(viii) Employment Matters . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there is (A) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it, before the National Labor Relations Board, any state or local labor relation board or any foreign labor relations board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it and (B) no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, that could reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware that any key employee or significant group of employees of the Company plans to terminate employment with the Company.

(ix) ERISA Compliance . No “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”)) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the thirty (30)-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company that would reasonably be expected to, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each employee benefit plan of the Company is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code. The Company has not incurred and could not reasonably be expected to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any pension plan (as defined in ERISA). Each pension plan for which the Company would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could, singularly or in the aggregate, cause the loss of such qualification.

(x) Environmental Matters . The Company is in compliance with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment that are applicable to its businesses (“ Environmental Laws ”), except where the failure to comply has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge,

 

10


emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company, or upon any other property, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability that has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company has knowledge. In the ordinary course of business, the Company conducts periodic reviews of the effect of Environmental Laws on its business and assets, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or governmental Permits issued thereunder, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such reviews, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(xi) SOX Compliance . The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.

(xiii) Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the anti-money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened. “ Governmental Entity ” shall be defined as any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency (whether foreign or domestic) having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its respective properties, assets or operations.

(xiv) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any director or officer of the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, representative, agent, affiliate of the Company or any other person acting on behalf of the Company, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization

 

11


of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xv) OFAC . Neither the Company nor any director or officer of the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, representative, agent or affiliate of the Company or any other person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xvi) Insurance . The Company carries, or is covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries.

(xii) Books and Records . The minute books of the Company have been made available to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and such books (i) contain a complete summary of all meetings and actions of the board of directors (including each board committee) and stockholders of the Company (or analogous governing bodies and interest holders, as applicable) since December 22, 2014 through the date of the latest meeting and action, and (ii) accurately in all material respects reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes.

(xvii) No Violation . Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any other party is in violation, breach or default of any Contract that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Continued Business . No supplier, customer, distributor or sales agent of the Company has notified the Company that it intends to discontinue or decrease the rate of business done with the Company, except where such discontinuation or decrease has not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix) No Finder’s Fee . There are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements or understandings for services in the nature of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee with respect to the introduction of the Company to the Underwriters or the sale of the Shares hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuances with respect to the Company that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

12


(xx) No Fees. Except as disclosed to the Representative in writing, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, investing fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who provided capital to the Company, (ii) any FINRA member, or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member within the 12-month period prior to the date on which the Registration Statement was filed with the Commission (“ Filing Date ”) or thereafter.

(xxi) Proceeds . None of the net proceeds of the offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or any affiliate or associate of any participating FINRA member, except as specifically authorized herein.

(xxii) No FINRA Affiliations . To the Company’s knowledge and except as disclosed to the Representative in writing, no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii) owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) owner of any amount of the Company’s unregistered securities acquired within the 180-day period prior to the Filing Date, has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member. The Company will advise the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters if it becomes aware that any officer, director of the Company or any owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the offering.

(xxiii) No Financial Advisor . Other than the Underwriters, no person has the right to act as an underwriter or as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxiv) Certain Statements . The statements set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects. The statements set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of (i) the terms of the Company’s outstanding securities, (ii) the terms of the Shares, and (iii) the terms of the documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects.

(xxv) No Registration Rights . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right (other than rights that have been waived in writing or otherwise satisfied) to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act.

 

13


(xxvi) Prior Sales of Securities . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, the Company has not sold or issued any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulations D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding preferred stock, options, rights or warrants or other outstanding convertible securities.

(b) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders.

(a) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants and to, and agrees with, the Underwriters as follows:

(i) Due Authorization . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property is subject, or any order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or any of its properties, except for violations and defaults that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, the Selling Stockholder’s charter or bylaws or equivalent governing documents. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholder, except as may be required under the Securities Act or state securities or blue sky laws; and the Selling Stockholder has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

14


(ii) Record Holder . Such Selling Stockholder is, on the date hereof, the record and beneficial owner of all of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities and claims and has duly indorsed such Shares in blank or has duly signed a stock power assigning all right, title and interest to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, with all signatures appropriately guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved medallion guaranty program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act.

(iii) Taxes . On the applicable Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) that are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer by such Selling Stockholder of the Shares will be fully paid or provided for by such Selling Stockholder and all laws imposing such taxes will be fully complied with.

(iv) Compliance . All information with respect to such Selling Stockholder contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and any Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, complied or will comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(v) No Transfer of Shares . Such Selling Stockholder, directly or indirectly, has not entered into any commitment, transaction or other arrangement, including any prepaid forward contract, 10b5-1 plan or similar agreement, which transfers or may transfer any of the legal or beneficial ownership or any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Shares, except as has been previously disclosed in writing to the Underwriters.

(vi) No Free Writing Prospectus . Such Selling Stockholder represents and warrants that it has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) and further represents that it has not distributed and will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares that could otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) required to be filed with the Commission or retained under Rule 433 of the Securities Act.

(vii) Accurate Information . All Selling Stockholder Information furnished by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in writing specifically for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or any Prospectus, as the case may be, is, as of the applicable Closing Date, true, correct, and complete in all material respects, and does not, and will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading. In addition, such Selling Stockholder confirms as accurate the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and any Prospectus under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (both prior to and after giving effect to the sale of the Shares).

 

15


(viii) No Restrictions . Such Selling Stockholder does not have any registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included in an offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights that have been waived.

(ix) Absence of Manipulation . Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(x) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties . Such Selling Stockholder has reviewed the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus which has had or which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and such Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell shares of Common Stock by any information concerning the Company that is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or a Prospectus.

(xiii) Custody of Shares . The Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to the Selling Stockholders, duly executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholders to Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., as custodian.

(b) Any certificate signed by any officer of a Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Underwriters or to the Underwriters’ counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

5. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Shares.

(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Firm Shares, and the Selling Secondary Shares Stockholder agrees to sell its Secondary Shares to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree to purchase the Firm Shares and the Secondary Shares set forth opposite the name of the Underwriters in Schedule I hereto. The purchase price for each Firm Share and each Secondary Share shall be $ per share.

(b) The Selling Option Shares Stockholder hereby grants to the Underwriters the option to purchase some or all of the Option Shares and, upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Option Shares shall be $[            ] per share. This option may be exercised by the Underwriters at any time and from time to time on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Company and the Selling Option Shares Stockholder (the “ Option Notice ”). The Option Notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and

 

16


time when the Option Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “ Option Closing Date ”); provided , however , that the Option Closing Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the first business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised unless the Selling Option Shares Stockholder and the Underwriters otherwise agree. If the Underwriters elect to purchase less than all of the Option Shares, the Selling Option Shares Stockholder agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares obtained by multiplying the number of Option Shares specified in such notice by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Option Shares, as applicable, set forth opposite the name of the Selling Option Shares Stockholder in Schedule II hereto under the caption “Number of Option Shares Available to be Sold” and the denominator of which is the total number of Option Shares.

(c) Payment of the purchase price for and delivery of the Option Shares shall be made on an Option Closing Date in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares and the Secondary Shares as set forth in subparagraph (d) below.

(d) The Firm Shares and the Secondary Shares will be delivered by the Company and the Selling Secondary Shares Stockholder to the Representative, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds payable to the order of the Company or a Selling Stockholder, as appropriate, at the offices of Roth Capital Partners, LLC, 888 San Clemente Drive, Suite 400, Newport Beach, CA 92660, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at 6:00 a.m. Pacific Time, on the third (or if the Firm Shares and the Secondary Shares are priced, as contemplated by Rule 15c6-1(c) under the Exchange Act, after 4:30 p.m. Eastern time, the fourth) full business day following the date hereof, or at such other time and date as the Representative and the Company determine pursuant to Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Exchange Act, or, in the case of the Option Shares, at such date and time set forth in the Option Notice. The time and date of delivery of the Firm Shares and the Secondary Shares is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” On the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver the Firm Shares, which shall be registered in the name or names and shall be in such denominations as the Representative may request on behalf of the Underwriters at least one (1) business day before the Closing Date, to the account of the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters, which delivery shall be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC system.

6. Covenants.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

(i) The Company shall prepare the Final Prospectus in a form approved by the Representative and file such Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by the Rules and Regulations.

 

17


(ii) During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the Closing Date or such date as determined by the Representative that the Final Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an underwriter or dealer (the “ Prospectus Delivery Period ”), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, including any Rule 462 Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representative for review and comment a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects.

(iii) From the date of this Agreement until the end of the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall promptly advise the Representative in writing (A) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission, (B) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (C) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending its use or the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Common Stock from any securities exchange upon which it is listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time during the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, as applicable, and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or 164(b) of the Securities Act).

(iv) (A) During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in force, and by the Exchange Act, as now and hereafter amended, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Shares as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus. If during the Prospectus Delivery Period any event occurs the result of which would cause the Final Prospectus (or if the Final Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Company or its counsel or the Representative or counsel to the Underwriters to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus (or if the Final Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) to comply with the Securities Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representative, allow the Representative the opportunity to provide reasonable comments on such amendment,

 

18


prospectus supplement or document, and will amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus (or if the Final Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) or file such document (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(B) If at any time during the Prospectus Delivery Period following the issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or any Prospectus or would include, when taken together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, an untrue statement of a material fact or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(v) The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Shares for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative reasonably designates and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Shares, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, to execute a general consent to service of process in any state or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.

(vi) The Company will furnish to the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement, each Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may from time to time reasonably request.

(vii) The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

(viii) The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Shares (including all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares (if other than the Company), and the cost of preparing and printing stock certificates), (B) all expenses and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits

 

19


thereto), the Shares, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, (C) listing fees, if any, and (D) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representative in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 or Section 10, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket disbursements (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market and marketing the Shares or in contemplation of performing its obligations hereunder. In such case, the Representative may also be entitled to the fee referred to in Section 5 of the letter agreement between the Representative and the Company dated September 30, 2016, provided that the conditions for payment of such fee set forth in such letter agreement are met.

(ix) The Company intends to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.

(x) The Company has not taken and will not take during the Prospectus Delivery Period, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or that has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(xi) The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Testing-the-Waters Communication; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule III. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representative is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied or will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record-keeping.

(xii) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date hereof (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (i) offer, pledge, issue, sell, contract to sell, purchase, contract to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common

 

20


Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or (iii) except with respect to the registration statement on Form S-8 for the registration of the shares of common stock underlying the ASV 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of outstanding preferred stock or other outstanding convertible securities disclosed as outstanding (or to be issued upon the conversion of equity awards of Manitex International, Inc.) in the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto), the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, and the Final Prospectus, or (3) the issuance of employee stock options not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period and the grant of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units or shares of Common Stock pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto), the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, and the Final Prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company ceases to be an “Emerging Growth Company” at any time prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and if (x) the Company issues an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to the Company occurs, during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the Representative waives such extension in writing.

(xiii) The Company hereby agrees to engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Common Stock (if other than the Company).

(xiv) The Company hereby agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain approval to list the Shares on Nasdaq.

(xv) The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) the end of the Prospectus Delivery Period and (b) the expiration of the lock-up period described in Section 6(a)(xii) above.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

(i) The Selling Stockholders, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Secondary Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder.

 

21


(ii) Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Underwriters prior to the applicable Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9.

(iii) During the Prospectus Delivery Period, such Selling Stockholder will advise the Underwriters promptly, and if requested by the Underwriters, will confirm such advice in writing, of any change in information relating to such Selling Stockholder in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or any Prospectus.

(iv) Such Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or use or refer to any “free writing prospectus” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), and agrees that it will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares.

7. Conditions of the Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder to purchase the Shares are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at all times through the Closing Date, and on each Option Closing Date (as if made on the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as applicable), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein, the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder and the following additional conditions:

(a) If filing of the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, is required under the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company shall have filed the Final Prospectus (or such amendment or supplement) or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus with the Commission in the manner and within the time period so required (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or 164(b) under the Securities Act); the Registration Statement shall remain effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof, any Rule 462 Registration Statement, or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; any request of the Commission or the Representative for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Representative.

(b) The Shares shall be approved for listing on Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance.

(c) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

22


(d) The Representative shall not have reasonably determined, and advised the Company, that the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the reasonable opinion of the Representative, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the reasonable opinion of the Representative, is material and is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(e) On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any of the Company’s securities by any “nationally recognized statistical organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s securities.

(f) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters the opinion and negative assurance letter of Bryan Cave LLP, counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representative, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

(g) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters the negative assurance letter of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representative, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

(h) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters (i) the opinion of Bryan Cave LLP, legal counsel to Manitex International, Inc., and (ii) the opinion of Eric I Cohen, legal counsel to Terex Corporation, each dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representative, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

(i) The Representative on behalf of the Underwriters shall have received a letter of UHY LLP, on the date hereof and on the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, addressed to the Representative, confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and confirming, as of the date of each such letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, as of a date not prior to the date hereof or more than five days prior to the date of such letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial information and other matters required by the Underwriters.

(j) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters a certificate, dated the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, in their capacity as officers of the Company, to the effect that:

 

23


(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality or by reference to any Material Adverse Effect are true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and as of the Closing Date and on the Option Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part required to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as applicable;

(ii) No stop order or other order (A) suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, (B) suspending the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale, or (C) suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

(iii) There has been no occurrence of any event resulting or reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect during the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as applicable.

(k) On the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters certificates, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representative, signed by each Selling Stockholder, to the effect that the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and such Selling Stockholder has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date.

(l) On or before the date hereof, the Representative shall have received duly executed lock-up agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), by and between the Representative and each of the parties specified in Schedule VI. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(m) Prior to the Closing Date, each Selling Stockholder shall have delivered to the Underwriters a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9.

 

24


(n) Prior to the execution of this Agreement, the conversion of A.S.V., LLC to ASV Holdings, Inc. (as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus) shall have been consummated.

(o) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Underwriters and its counsel such additional documents, certificates and evidence as the Underwriters or their counsel may have reasonably requested.

If any condition specified in this Section 7 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders at any time at or prior to the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except that Section 6(a)(xiii), Section 8 and Section 9 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

8. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriters, their affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Underwriters or such person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Rules and Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or the Marketing Materials or in any other materials used in connection with the offering of the Shares, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) in whole or in part, any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, or (iv) in whole or in part, any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 8(g) or (y) Selling Stockholder Information furnished to the Company by the Selling Stockholders.

 

25


(b) Each Selling Stockholder will, severally and not jointly, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriters against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Underwriters may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information, (ii) in whole or in part, any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholder contained herein, or (iii) in whole or in part, any failure of the Selling Stockholder to perform its obligations hereunder or under law, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. The obligation of each Selling Stockholder to indemnify the Underwriters (including any controlling person, director or officer thereof) shall be limited to the amount of the aggregate gross proceeds after underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder that the Selling Stockholder actually received from the Underwriters.

(c) The Underwriters will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and the Selling Stockholders, their respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or a Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or a Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Underwriters), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for use in the

 

26


preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 8(g), and will reimburse the Company or a Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or a Selling Stockholder in connection with evaluating, investigating, and defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. The obligation of the Underwriters to indemnify the Company or the Selling Stockholders (including any controlling person, director or officer thereof) shall be limited to the amount of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters hereunder actually received by the Underwriters.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided , however , that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 8, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.

The indemnifying party under this Section 8 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (a) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (b) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

27


(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering and sale of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Final Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters hereunder actually received by the Underwriters and each Selling Stockholder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the aggregate gross proceeds after underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder actually received by such Selling Stockholder. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and the benefits of such obligations shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability that the Underwriters may

 

28


otherwise have and the benefits of such obligations shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to the Company, the Selling Stockholders and their respective officers, directors and each person who controls the Company or a Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriters confirm, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge, that there is no information concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company and the Selling Stockholders by the Underwriters specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than the marketing and legal name of the Underwriters, and the statements set forth in the “Underwriting” section of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, and the Final Prospectus only insofar as such statements relate to the amount of selling concession and re-allowance, if any, or to over-allotment, stabilization and related activities that may be undertaken by the Underwriters.

9. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, including, but not limited to, the agreements of the Underwriters , the Selling Stockholders and the Company contained in Section 6(a)(viii) and Section 8 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or any controlling person thereof, or the Company and the Selling Stockholders or any of their respective officers, directors, or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Shares to and by the Underwriters hereunder.

10. Termination of this Agreement.

(a) The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date (as to the Option Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date only), if in the discretion of the Representative, (i) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the Representative, will in the future materially disrupt, the securities markets or there shall be such a material adverse change in general financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares (ii) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Commission or Nasdaq or trading in securities generally on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the NYSE or the NYSE MKT shall have been suspended, (iii) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the NYSE or NYSE MKT, by such exchange or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (iv) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, (v) there shall have occurred any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, any substantial change or

 

29


development involving a prospective substantial change in United States or international political, financial or economic conditions or any other calamity or crisis, or (vi) the Company suffers any loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or (vii) in the judgment of the Representative, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, any material adverse change in the assets, properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or in the results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 6(a)(viii) and Section 8 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

(b) If the Representative elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be notified promptly by the Representative by telephone, confirmed by letter.

11. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Representative, shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, 800 San Clemente Drive, Suite 400, Newport Beach, CA 92660, telecopy number: (949) 720-7227, Attention: Managing Director; and if to the Company, shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to it at ASV Holdings, Inc., 840 Lily Lane, Grand Rapids, MN 55744, telecopy number: 218-327-9123, Attention: Andrew Rooke; and if to Manitex International, Inc., shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to it at Manitex International, Inc., 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, IL 60455, telecopy number: 708-430-5331, Attention: David Langevin; and if to A.S.V. Holding, LLC, shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to it at c/o Terex Corporation, 200 Nyala Farm Road, Westport, CT 06880, Telecopy 203-227-6372, Attn: Eric I Cohen; or in each case to such other address as the person to be notified may have requested in writing. Any party to this Agreement may change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new address for such purpose.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors referred to in Section 8. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Shares from the Underwriters.

13. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Underwriters have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Shares and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Company or the Selling Stockholders on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Shares set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company and the Selling Stockholders following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company and the Selling

 

30


Stockholders are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Underwriters and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions that may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and the Selling Stockholders and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and (d) it has been advised that the Underwriters are acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, and not on behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholders.

14. Amendments and Waivers . No supplement, modification or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby. The failure of a party to exercise any right or remedy shall not be deemed or constitute a waiver of such right or remedy in the future. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (regardless of whether similar), nor shall any such waiver be deemed or constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

15. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph, clause or provision.

16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

17. Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company and each Selling Stockholder irrevocably (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus and the Final Prospectus (each a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agrees not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE TIME OF SALE DISCLOSURE PACKAGE, ANY PROSPECTUS AND THE FINAL PROSPECTUS.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or electronic mail) in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

31


Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
ASV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

A.S.V. HOLDING, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Confirmed as of the date first above-mentioned by the Representative of the several Underwriters.
ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Aaron M. Gurewitz
Title:   Head of Equity Capital Markets

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Name

   Number of Firm
Shares to be
Purchased
     Number of
Secondary Shares
to be Purchased
 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

     [    ]        [    ]  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     [    ]        [    ]  


SCHEDULE II

 

     Number of
Firm Shares
to be Sold
     Number of
Secondary
Shares to be
Sold
     Number of
Option Shares
Available to be
Sold
 

Company:

     [    ]        —          —    

Selling Secondary Shares Stockholder:

        

Manitex International, Inc.

     —          [    ]        —    

Selling Option Shares Stockholder:

        

A.S.V. Holding, LLC

     —          —          [    ]  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     [    ]        [    ]        [    ]  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


SCHEDULE III

FREE WRITING PROSPECTUS

Filed Pursuant to Rule 433

Supplementing the Preliminary Prospectus dated                      , 2017

Registration Statement No. 333-216912

Dated                      , 2017

ASV HOLDINGS, INC.

                     Shares of Common Stock

Final Term Sheet

 

Issuer:    ASV Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)
Selling Stockholders:   

Manitex International, Inc.

 

A.S.V. Holding, LLC

Symbol:    ASV
Securities:    [     ] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company.
Over-allotment option:    Up to an additional [    ] shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders at a price of $[    ] per share.
Public offering price:    $______ per share of Common Stock
Underwriting discount:    $______ per share of Common Stock
Expected net proceeds:   

Approximately $[    ] million (after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company).

Trade date:    _________, 2017
Settlement date:    _________, 2017
Underwriter:    Roth Capital Partners, LLC


SCHEDULE IV

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus

1. None.


SCHEDULE V

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

1. None


SCHEDULE VI

List of officers, directors and stockholders executing lock-up agreements

 

    Manitex International, Inc.

 

    A.S.V. Holding, LLC

 

    Andrew M. Rooke

 

    Melissa How

 

    James DiBiagio

 

    Brian J. Henry

 

    Michael A. Lisi

 

    Joseph M. Nowicki

 

    David Rooney

Exhibit 2.1

PLAN OF CONVERSION

This Plan of Conversion (this “Plan of Conversion”) of A.S.V., LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company (the “LLC”) is made and entered into effective as of             , 2017 in accordance with the terms of the LLC’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014, as amended (the “LLC Agreement”), the Minnesota Limited Liability Company Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Plan of Conversion have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the LLC Agreement.

A. The LLC was originally incorporated as A. S. V., INC., a Minnesota corporation on July 29, 1983, and converted to a Minnesota limited liability company under the name A.S.V., LLC on December 23, 2014 by the filing of a Certificate of Conversion and Articles of Organization with the Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota (the “Prior Conversion”). Under the terms of the LLC Agreement, the LLC is managed by its board of managers (the “Board”).

B. The conversion of a Minnesota limited liability company into a Delaware corporation may be made under Section 322B.781 of the Minnesota Limited Liability Company Act and Section 265 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

C. The Board has unanimously approved the conversion of the LLC into a Delaware corporation (the “Conversion”) and the terms of this Plan of Conversion.

D. The Members have unanimously approved the Conversion and the terms of this Plan of Conversion.

E. The conversion is intended to facilitate the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) of the Common Stock (as defined below) pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the LLC with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

NOW, THEREFORE, the LLC does hereby adopt this Plan of Conversion to effectuate the Conversion as follows:

1. Terms and Conditions of Conversion .

(a) The name of the converting entity is A.S.V., LLC and the name of the converted entity is ASV Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

(b) The conversion shall become effective at the time of the filing of the Certificate of Conversion (the “Effective Time”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(c) At the Effective Time, the LLC shall continue its existence in the organizational form of a Delaware corporation. All of the rights, privileges and powers of the LLC and all property and all debts due to the LLC, as well as all other things and causes of action belonging to the LLC, shall remain vested in the Corporation and shall be the property of the Corporation. All actions and resolutions of the Board and the Members (or its board of directors and shareholders before the Prior Conversion) taken or adopted from the inception of the LLC prior to the Effective Time shall continue in full force and effect as if the Corporation’s Board of Directors and the stockholders, respectively, had taken such actions and adopted such resolutions. All rights of creditors and all


liens upon any property of the LLC shall be preserved unimpaired, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC shall remain attached to the Corporation and may be enforced against the Corporation to the same extent as if said debts, liabilities and duties had originally been incurred or contracted by the Corporation in its capacity as a Delaware corporation.

(d) At the Effective Time, all outstanding Units shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock of the Corporation, par value $0.001 (the “Common Stock”), as provided in Section 3 below, with such shares of Common Stock having the respective rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). All outstanding certificates that prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding Units of the LLC shall thereafter be deemed cancelled and extinguished.

2. Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Directors and Officers . At the Effective Time, a certificate of incorporation, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. From and after the Effective Time, the LLC Agreement shall terminate and no longer govern the affairs of the Corporation, but instead the affairs of the Corporation shall be conducted under the bylaws of the Corporation, substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, and the Certificate of Incorporation. The directors and officers of the Corporation immediately after the Effective Time shall be those individuals who are set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto. The LLC and, after the Effective Time, the Corporation and its board of directors shall take such actions as to cause each of such individuals to be appointed as a director and/or officer, as the case may be, of the Corporation.

3. Manner and Basis of Converting Units in the LLC . At the Effective Time, the outstanding Units immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted automatically, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock. Each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, by reason of the Conversion, be converted into 8/29ths of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock.

4. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences . The Conversion has been structured to be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as if the LLC transferred its assets to the Corporation for shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to an exchange described in Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, followed by a distribution of the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock to the Members in liquidation of the LLC, as described in Rev. Rul 2004-59.

5. Amendment or Termination . This Plan shall be implemented and interpreted, prior to the Effective Time, by the Board and, following the Effective Time, by the board of directors of the Corporation, (a) each of which shall have full power and authority to delegate and assign any matters covered hereunder to any other party(ies), including, without limitation, any managers or officers of the LLC or any officers of the Corporation, as the case may be, and (b) the interpretations and decisions of which shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties. The Members or the board of directors of the Corporation, as applicable, at any time and from time to time, may terminate, amend or modify this Plan. The Conversion may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by the Corporation upon approval of the Board. If the closing of the Initial Public Offering does not occur within fifteen (15) days after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (the “Closing Period”), then, the board of directors of the Corporation may take, after consultation with

 

2


the Company’s tax advisors and with the unanimous consent of the holders of Common Stock, as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the Closing Period, all necessary action to rescind the Conversion to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law causing the Corporation to convert back to a limited liability company and reinstate the LLC Agreement and all of the relative equity interests and other rights, preferences and privileges of all parties thereunder as existed immediately prior to the Effective Time.

6. Further Assurances . If, at any time after the Effective Time, the Corporation shall determine or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, agreements, documents or assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper, consistent with the terms of this Plan of Conversion, (a) to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Corporation its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, purposes, franchises, properties or assets of the LLC, or (b) to otherwise carry out the purposes of this Plan, the Corporation and its proper officers and directors (or their designees), are hereby authorized to solicit in the name of the LLC any third party consents or other documents required to be delivered by any third party, to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the LLC all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments, agreements, documents and assurances and do, in the name and on behalf of the LLC, all such other acts and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, purposes, franchises, properties or assets of the LLC and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Plan of Conversion.

7. Third Party Beneficiaries . This Plan of Conversion shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than as expressly provided herein.

8. Counterparts . This Plan of Conversion may be executed in counterparts, and each such counterpart and copy shall be and constitute an original instrument.

9. Governing Law . This Plan of Conversion shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (and, to the extent applicable, the State of Minnesota).

[ Signature page follows.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, having received the required approval from the Board and the Members, hereby adopts this Plan of Conversion as of the date set forth above.

 

A.S.V., LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAN OF CONVERSION]


EXHIBIT A

Certificate of Conversion

(See attached.)


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

FROM A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY TO A

CORPORATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 265 OF

THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

 

1.) The jurisdiction where the Limited Liability Company first formed is Minnesota.

 

2.) The jurisdiction immediately prior to filing this Certificate is Minnesota.

 

3.) The date the Limited Liability Company first formed is December 23, 2014.

 

4.) The name of the Limited Liability Company immediately prior to filing this Certificate is A.S.V., LLC.

 

5.) The name of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation is ASV Holdings, Inc..

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned being duly authorized to sign on behalf of the converting Limited Liability Company have executed this Certificate on the     day of             , A.D. 2017.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

Andrew Rooke

  Print or Type
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

  Print or Type


EXHIBIT B

Certificate of Incorporation

(See attached.)


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ASV HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I- NAME

The name of the corporation is ASV Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II – REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III - PURPOSE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV - CAPITALIZATION

Section 1. The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 55,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

Section 2. Subject to the powers, preferences and rights of any Preferred Stock, including any series thereof, having any preference or priority over, or rights superior to, the Common Stock and except as otherwise provided by law and this ARTICLE IV , the holders of Common Stock shall have and possess all powers and voting and other rights pertaining to the stock of the Corporation.

(a) Voting . Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to


any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of record of Common Stock shall share ratably in all dividends payable in cash, stock or otherwise and other distributions, whether in respect of liquidation or dissolution (voluntary or involuntary) or otherwise.

(c) Preemptive Rights . The holders of Common Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

(d) Liquidation Rights . Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after the payment of liabilities, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

Section 3. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the Corporation shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V – BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Section 2. The directors of the Corporation (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size and tenure as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

 

-2-


The initial directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Section 3. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 4. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election by the stockholders of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 5. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by DGCL, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

-3-


Section 7. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Section 8. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE VI – MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 2. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII – LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

Section 3. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a

 

-4-


director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Section 4. Neither any amendment nor repeal of any Section of this Article VII , nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article VII , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VII shall be deemed contract rights and shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws, agreement or vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII – MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX – EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court has no jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Corporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation, (D) any action or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (E) any other action asserting an internal corporate claim, as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL; in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

ARTICLE X- AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, and this Article X.

 

-5-


ARTICLE XI – SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

ARTICLE XII– INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Andrew Rooke

  

840 Lily Lane

  

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

ARTICLE XIII– INITIAL DIRECTORS

The powers of the incorporator are to terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as the initial directors of the Corporation until the first annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or until their successors are duly elected and qualified, are:

 

Name

 

Address

Andrew Rooke

 

840 Lily Lane

 

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Brian J. Henry

 

840 Lily Lane

 

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Michael A. Lisi

 

840 Lily Lane

 

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Joseph M. Nowicki

 

840 Lily Lane

 

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

David Rooney

 

840 Lily Lane

 

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

 

-6-


***

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator has executed this Certificate of Incorporation on                  , 2017.

 

By:  

 

  Andrew Rooke, Incorporator

 

-7-


EXHIBIT C

Bylaws

(see attached)


BYLAWS OF

ASV HOLDINGS, INC.

(effective                     , 2017)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        

Page

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

    1  

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

    1  

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

    1  

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

    1  

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

    1  

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

    1  

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

    1  

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

    2  

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

    10  

2.6

  

QUORUM

    10  

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

    10  

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

    11  

2.9

  

VOTING

    11  

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

    11  

2.11

  

RECORD DATES

    11  

2.12

  

PROXIES

    12  

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

    12  

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

    13  

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

    13  

3.1

  

POWERS

    13  

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

    13  

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

    13  

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

    14  

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

    14  

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

    15  

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

    15  

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

    15  

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

    16  

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

    16  

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

    16  

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

    16  

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

    16  

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

    16  

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

    17  

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

    17  

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

    17  

5.1

  

OFFICERS

    17  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

        

Page

 

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

    18  

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

    18  

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

    18  

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

    18  

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

    18  

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

    19  

5.8

  

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

    19  

5.9

  

THE VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

    19  

5.10

  

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

    19  

5.11

  

THE PRESIDENT

    19  

5.12

  

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

    19  

5.13

  

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

    20  

5.14

  

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

    20  

5.15

  

TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

    20  

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

    20  

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

    20  

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

    21  

6.3

  

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

    21  

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

    22  

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

    22  

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

    22  

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

    22  

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

    22  

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

    22  

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

    23  

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

    23  

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

    24  

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

    24  

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

    24  

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

    24  

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

    25  

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

    25  

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

    25  

8.5

  

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    25  

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

    26  

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

    26  

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

    27  

8.9

  

INSURANCE

    27  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

        

Page

 

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

    27  

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

    27  

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

    27  

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

    28  

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

    28  

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

    28  

9.3

  

SEAL

    28  

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

    28  

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

    28  

 

-iii-


BYLAWS OF ASV HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of ASV Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The Corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors or the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting. Nothing contained in this Section  2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

 

1


2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business.

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business (other than nominations of directors, which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Section  2.4(ii) of these bylaws) shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting:

(1) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting;

(2) by or at the direction of the board of directors; or

(3) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section  2.4 and at the time of the meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who shall have complied with the notice and other requirements set forth in this Section  2.4 ; this clause (3) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit such business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) For any such business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (3) of paragraph (a) of this Section  2.4 , the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation as hereinafter provided and such proposal must otherwise be a proper subject for action by the Corporation’s stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice in writing must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and received by the secretary not less than 90 nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, whichever occurs first. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

(1) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at such meeting, and the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these bylaws of the Corporation, the text of the proposed amendment);

(2) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), the Proposing Stockholder Information (as defined below);

 

2


(3) any material interest of the stockholder and of any Stockholder Associated Person in such business;

(4) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by the stockholder;

(5) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation, entitled to vote at such meeting, and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business; and

(6) a representation as to whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is, or intends to be, part of a Group (as defined below) that intends (A) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (B) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal.

(c) Only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, at a special meeting of stockholders called pursuant to Section  2.3 as shall have been brought before such meeting pursuant to a notice of meeting delivered pursuant to Section  2.5 .

(d) No business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders (i) except in accordance with these bylaws; or (ii) if it constitutes an improper subject for stockholder action under applicable law. Unless otherwise required by law, if a stockholder (or Qualified Representative (as defined below)) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present business proposed by such stockholder pursuant to this Section  2.4 , such proposed business shall not be transacted, even though proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. In the event a Qualified Representative of a stockholder will appear at a meeting to make a proposal in lieu of a stockholder, the stockholder must provide the notice of such designation at least twenty-four hours prior to the meeting and the Qualified Representative must produce evidence of such representative’s authority to act on behalf of the stockholder at the meeting of stockholders. If no such advance notice is provided, only the stockholder may make the proposal and the proposal may be disregarded in the event the stockholder fails to appear and make the proposal. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that the proposed business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws (including whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person solicited (or is part of a Group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (b)(6) of this Section  2.4 ); and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and any such proposed business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section  2.4 , a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section  2.4 ; provided, however, that any references in these bylaws to state law or the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to business proposals to be considered pursuant to this Section  2.4 (including clause (a)(3) hereof). Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The provisions of this Section  2.4 shall also govern what constitutes timely notice for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Exchange Act.

 

3


(f) This Section  2.4 shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the board of directors, but, in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at the meeting unless stated, filed and recorded as herein provided.

(g) For purposes of these bylaws,

(1) “ Derivative Instrument ” shall mean any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise.

(2) “ Group ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

(3) “ Proposing Stockholder Information ” shall mean:

a) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such stockholder and the name and address of each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;

b) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation’s stock which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record, by each such person;

c) any Derivative Instrument (as defined above) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such person and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation;

d) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which each such person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation;

e) any short interest of each such person in any security of the Corporation (for purposes hereof a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if each such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security);

f) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by each such person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation;

g) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company in which such person is a general partner or manager or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner or manager;

 

4


h) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of each such person’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by each such person not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date);

i) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of each such person and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in each such person; and

j) any other information relating to each such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(4) “ Public Announcement ” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Reuters or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(b) of the Exchange Act.

(5) “ Qualified Representative ” of a stockholder shall mean a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or a representative authorized by a writing executed by, or an electronic transmission delivered by, such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders.

(6) “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean:

a) any person acting in concert with such stockholder;

b) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary); or

c) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual and Special Meetings.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section  2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at a meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only:

(1) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto);

 

5


(2) by or at the direction of the board of directors; or

(3) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section  2.4(ii) and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and who shall have complied with the notice and other requirements set forth in this Section  2.4(ii) ; this clause (3) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

In the case of a special meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors may be made pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting:

(1) by or at the direction of the board of directors; or

(2) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section  2.4(ii) is delivered to the secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section  2.4(ii) .

(b) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must not have been an officer or director of a competitor, as defined in Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, within the past three years or be a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) or have been convicted in such a criminal proceeding within the past ten years.

(c) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the prospective nominee (whether nominated by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder), or someone acting on such prospective nominee’s behalf, must deliver (in accordance with any applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section  2.4(ii) ) to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire providing such information with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made that would be required to be disclosed to stockholders pursuant to applicable law or the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, including without limitation all information concerning such persons that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and any information the Corporation may reasonably request to determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack thereof of the nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request).

(d) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the prospective nominee must also provide a written representation and agreement, in the form provided by the secretary upon written request, that such prospective nominee:

(1) is not and will not become a party to:

a) any Voting Commitment (as defined below) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, or

b) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such prospective nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such prospective nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law;

 

6


(2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein;

(3) would be in compliance if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.4(ii)(a) , a “nominee” shall include any person being considered to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors;

(4) currently intends to serve the full term for which such nominee would be standing for election, if elected.

(e) Nominations by stockholders must be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice in writing must be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and received by the secretary:

(1) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than 90 nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, whichever occurs first; and

(2) in the case of a special meeting at which the board of directors gives notice that directors are to be elected, not earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting, whichever occurs first.

In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

7


(f) For nominations to be properly brought before an annual or special meeting, such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director:

a) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected) and

b) a description of any Proposed Nominee Agreements (as defined below);

(2) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, the Proposing Stockholder Information;

(3) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination; and

(4) a representation as to whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is, or intends to be, part of a Group that intends:

a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee and/or

b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such nomination. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary that information required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section  2.4(ii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors at an annual meeting is increased effective at the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all the nominees proposed by the board of directors for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section  2.4(ii) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for such additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(h) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these bylaws. Unless otherwise required by law, if a stockholder (or Qualified Representative) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination proposed by such stockholder pursuant to these bylaws, such nomination shall be disregarded, though proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. In the event a Qualified Representative of a stockholder will appear at a meeting and make a nomination in lieu of a stockholder, the stockholder must provide the notice of such designation at least twenty-four hours prior to the meeting and the Qualified Representative must produce evidence of such representative’s authority to act on behalf of the stockholder at the meeting of stockholders. If no such advance notice is provided, only the

 

8


stockholder may make the nomination and the nomination may be disregarded in the event the stockholder fails to appear and make the nomination. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures of these bylaws (including whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person solicited (or is part of a Group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (f)(4) of this Section  2.4(ii) ); and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these bylaws to state law or the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations to be considered pursuant to these bylaws. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

(j) For purposes of these bylaws,

(1) “ Proposed Nominee Agreements ” shall mean all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among a stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and a proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination or any Stockholder Associated Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant.

(2) “ Voting Commitment ” shall mean any agreement, arrangement or understanding between a prospective nominee and any person or entity, or any commitment or assurance given by a prospective nominee to any person or entity, as to how a prospective nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question.

(iii) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section  2.4 , a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section  2.4 . Nothing in this Section  2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act; or

(b) the Corporation to omit a proposal from the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.

 

9


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section  2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

10


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairman) or the president (in the absence of the chairman of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Corporation, shall serve as chairman of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section  2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

11


If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section  2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means

 

12


of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section  3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

13


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

14


3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors. Meetings of directors shall be held at least quarterly. In addition, the independent directors shall meet on a regular basis as often as necessary to fulfill their responsibilities, including at least annually in executive session without the presence of non-independent directors and management.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

15


If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time as provided for in the certificate of incorporation.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors (i) may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more directors of the Corporation and (ii) shall during such period of time as any securities of the Corporation are listed on any exchange designate all committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

16


4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section  3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section  3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section  3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section  3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section  3.9 (board action by written consent without a meeting); and

(vi) Section  7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) any charters of the committees duly adopted by the board of directors and the applicable rules of any exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed shall prevail in the event of any conflict with these bylaws;

(ii) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(iii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iv) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board of directors, a vice chairman of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or

 

17


more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section  5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section  5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the Corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section  5.3 .

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairman of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

18


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

5.8 THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The chairman of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairman of the board. The chairman of the board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.

5.9 THE VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The vice chairman of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairman of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairman of the board.

5.10 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the Corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the Corporation. If at any time the office of the chairman and vice chairman of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairman of the board and the vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairman of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.11 THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the Corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.12 THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

19


5.13 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

5.14 THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The chief financial officer shall, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, (a) have primary charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and (b) be responsible for the accounting and financial services of the Corporation, and shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairman, the chief executive officer or the president.

5.15 TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The treasurer shall, under the general supervision of the chief financial officer (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with these bylaws, and shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of treasurer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairman, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer.

(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or the treasurer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the treasurer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled

 

20


to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairman of the board of directors or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section  6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section  6.2 a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section  6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

21


6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s

 

22


records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice

 

23


to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article  VIII , the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the Corporation or an officer of the Corporation, or while a director of the Corporation or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause

 

24


to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article  VIII , the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or while a director or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section  8.1 or Section  8.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article  VIII , the Corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article  V III or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the

 

25


Corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section  8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section  8.3 and the DGCL, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article  VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section  8.7 or (d)  otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article  V III is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or

 

26


advancement of expenses. The Corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation under this Article  VIII , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article  VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article  VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article  VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article  VIII , references to the “ Corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article  VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if

 

27


its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article  VIII , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan (excluding any “parachute payments” within the meanings of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and references to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation ” as referred to in this Article  VIII .

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

The board of directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal these bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal these bylaws, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by the certificate of incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

28


EXHIBIT D

Directors and Officers

Board of Directors

Andrew Rooke (Chairman)

Brian J. Henry

Joseph M. Nowicki

Carolyn Long

David Rooney

Officers

Andrew Rooke – Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Jamies DiBiagio – Chief Operating Officer

Melissa How – Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ASV HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I- NAME

The name of the corporation is ASV Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II – REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III - PURPOSE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV - CAPITALIZATION

Section 1. The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 55,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

Section 2. Subject to the powers, preferences and rights of any Preferred Stock, including any series thereof, having any preference or priority over, or rights superior to, the Common Stock and except as otherwise provided by law and this ARTICLE IV , the holders of Common Stock shall have and possess all powers and voting and other rights pertaining to the stock of the Corporation.

(a) Voting . Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to


any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of record of Common Stock shall share ratably in all dividends payable in cash, stock or otherwise and other distributions, whether in respect of liquidation or dissolution (voluntary or involuntary) or otherwise.

(c) Preemptive Rights . The holders of Common Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

(d) Liquidation Rights . Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after the payment of liabilities, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

Section 3. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the Corporation shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V – BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Section 2. The directors of the Corporation (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size and tenure as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

 

-2-


The initial directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Section 3. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 4. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election by the stockholders of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 5. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by DGCL, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

-3-


Section 7. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Section 8. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE VI – MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 2. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII – LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

Section 3. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a

 

-4-


director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Section 4. Neither any amendment nor repeal of any Section of this Article VII , nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article VII , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VII shall be deemed contract rights and shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws, agreement or vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII – MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX – EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court has no jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Corporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation, (D) any action or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (E) any other action asserting an internal corporate claim, as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL; in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

ARTICLE X- AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, and this Article X.

 

-5-


ARTICLE XI – SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

ARTICLE XII– INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Andrew Rooke    840 Lily Lane
   Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

ARTICLE XIII– INITIAL DIRECTORS

The powers of the incorporator are to terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as the initial directors of the Corporation until the first annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or until their successors are duly elected and qualified, are:

 

Name

  

Address

Andrew Rooke    840 Lily Lane
   Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744
Brian J. Henry    840 Lily Lane
   Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Michael A. Lisi

   840 Lily Lane
   Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

Joseph M. Nowicki

   840 Lily Lane
   Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744
David Rooney    840 Lily Lane
   Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

 

-6-


***

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator has executed this Certificate of Incorporation on                  , 2017.

 

By:  

 

  Andrew Rooke, Incorporator

 

-7-

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO    BRYAN CAVE LLP One Kansas City Place, 1200 Main Street, Suite 3800, Kansas City, MO 64105-2122   
   T:816 374 3200 F: 816 374 3300    bryancave.com

 

April 26, 2017    Bryan Cave LLP

A.S.V., LLC, to be converted into ASV Holdings, Inc.

840 Lily Lane

Grand Rapids, Michigan 55744

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to A.S.V., LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, that will, prior to the consummation of the offering described below, be converted (the “Conversion”) into ASV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) on Form S-1 (File No. 333-216912) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). The Registration Statement relates to the proposed offering and sale of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, including shares of common stock (the “Primary Shares”) to be issued and sold by the Company and shares of common stock (the “Secondary Shares”, and together with the Primary Shares, the “Shares”) to be sold by the equity holders of the Company (the “Selling Stockholders”). The Secondary Shares include shares of common stock that may be sold by the Selling Stockholders upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Shares are to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders in accordance with an Underwriting Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as the representative of the underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”), the form of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement.

In connection herewith, we have examined:

 

  (1) the Registration Statement; and

 

  (2) the form of the Underwriting Agreement.

We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Plan of Conversion of the Company and the form of Certificate of Conversion attached thereto pursuant to which the Conversion will be effected, the form of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect upon the Conversion and the form of the Company’s Bylaws to be in


April 26, 2017

Page 2

 

effect upon the Conversion, in each case in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and such other limited liability company records, agreements and instruments of the Company, certificates of public officials and officers of the Company, and such other documents, records and instruments, and we have made such legal and factual inquiries, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for us to render the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examination of the foregoing, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competence and capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or which we obtained from the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“Edgar”) or other sites maintained by a court or governmental authority or regulatory body and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. If any documents we examined in printed, word processed or similar form has been filed with the Commission on Edgar or such court or governmental authority or regulatory body, we have assumed that the document so filed is identical to the document we examined except for formatting changes. When relevant facts were not independently established, we have relied without independent investigation as to matters of fact upon statements of governmental officials and certificates and statements of appropriate representatives of the Company.

In connection herewith, we have assumed that, other than with respect to the Company, at such times as the Shares are issued and sold, all of the documents referred to in this opinion letter will have been duly authorized by, duly executed and delivered and countersigned by, and will constitute the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of, all of the parties to such documents, all of the signatories to such documents will have been duly authorized and all such parties will be duly organized and validly existing and will have the power and authority (corporate or other) to execute, deliver and perform such documents.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, and assuming the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Incorporation have been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Conversion has been effected, we are of the opinion that:

 

  (1) assuming the due execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the Company and the underwriters named therein, and the receipt by the Company of all consideration in the manner contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Registration Statement, the Primary Shares, when issued as contemplated by the Registration Statement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and

 

  (2) the Secondary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


April 26, 2017

Page 3

 

Our opinions herein reflect only the application of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The opinions set forth herein are made as of the date hereof and are subject to, and may be limited by, future changes in factual matters, and we undertake no duty to advise you of the same. The opinions expressed herein are based upon the law in effect (and published or otherwise generally available) on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement these opinions should such law be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise. In rendering our opinions, we have not considered, and hereby disclaim any opinion as to, the application or impact of any laws, cases, decisions, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, court or administrative agency.

We do not render any opinions except as set forth above. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus filed as a part thereof. We also consent to your filing copies of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement with agencies of such states as you deem necessary in the course of complying with the laws of such states regarding the offering and sale of the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Bryan Cave LLP

Exhibit 10.10

AGREEMENT REGARDING WINDDOWN AND TERMINATION OF DISTRIBUTION

AND CROSS MARKETING AGREEMENT AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Winddown and Termination of Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement and Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 27 th day of March, 2017, by and among Manitex International, Inc., a Michigan corporation and its successors and assigns (“Manitex”), Terex Corporation, a Delaware corporation and its successors and assigns (“Terex”) and A.S.V., LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company and its successors and assigns (“ASV”).

A. Reference is hereby made to that certain Distribution and Cross Marketing Agreement dated December 19, 2014 among the parties hereto (the “DCM Agreement”) and that certain Services Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between Terex and ASV (the “Services Agreement”).

B. Whereas due to changing business conditions for both ASV and Terex, the parties have negotiated in good faith and have adopted certain changes to the services provided, and the fees paid in February and October of 2016, under the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement and have agreed that Terex will continue to provide certain services under the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement during a transitional winddown period and the parties shall terminate the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement upon the completion of such transitional period, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1. WINDDOWN .

(a) For the period commencing as of the date of this Agreement Terex will continue to provide certain services to ASV under the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement in connection with the distribution of parts for ASV products as instructed by ASV (such services, the “Services”), until such time as ASV may assume the performance of such activities and each such Service is terminated in accordance with Section 1(b) or Section 2 below (such period, the “Winddown Period”). Such Services shall include:

(i) parts sales, shipment and purchases and parts planning, and customer parts phone support.

(ii) administrative services including IT support, accounting input information for parts cost and pricing.

(b) Terex shall perform the Services in accordance with the applicable terms of the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement, as applicable, and ASV shall pay Terex for the Services in accordance with the applicable schedule of fees contained in the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement as modified in February and October of 2016. ASV shall have the right to terminate any individual component of the Services on three months’ advance written notice to Terex except with respect to Services that relate to parts sales and distribution, which ASV shall have the right to terminate on six months’ advance written notice to Terex. In addition, ASV agrees it shall bear the


expense of any dealer co-op advertising and the production and supply of product literature in connection with ASV products. Commencing one year from the date hereof, Terex shall have the right to terminate any individual component of the Services on six months’ advance written notice to ASV.

(c) ASV shall have the right during the Winddown Period and for one year after Termination Date pursuant to Section 2 hereof, to produce and sell “Terex” branded ASV products to existing Terex dealers, and shall have the right, on a royalty-free basis, to use any applicable Terex trademarks consistent with past practice in connection therewith for such period.

(d) During the Winddown Period, Terex will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist ASV in procuring the assignment to ASV of ASV-related Terex contracts with third parties, including Takeuchi, Vermeer and CEG. In the event that Terex and ASV are unable to procure the assignment of such contracts, Terex will continue to provide, with respect to ASV-related products, the benefit of such contracts to ASV for the applicable term of such contracts. The foregoing paragraph is in addition to any obligations of the parties to the Separation Agreement to be entered into in connection with the initial public offering of ASV.

2. TERMINATION . ASV and, commencing one year from the date hereof, Terex may terminate all Services provided by Terex by giving six months’ written notice to the other party that it wishes to terminate the Services. In no event shall the Winddown Period for any of the Services, including the notice periods hereunder, extend beyond December 19, 2019. The date on which the termination of all Services is effective shall be the “Termination Date”. Once all of the Services have been terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the DCM Agreement and the Services Agreement shall be deemed terminated and thereafter shall have no future force or effect and the parties thereunder will not be liable for any ongoing obligations under the DCM Agreement or the Services Agreement except for those provisions which by their express terms survive the termination of the DCM Agreement (including, without limitation, Section IV “Indemnity” thereof) or the Services Agreement, respectively.

3. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Counterparts; Electronic Transmission . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, with all counterparts constituting one and the same original. Signatures may be transmitted or delivered by electronic means, including facsimile and digital image (e.g., .PDF, .JPG) and such electronic version shall constitute an original for all purposes.

(b) Entire Agreement; Severability . This Agreement, together with the DCM Agreement, the Services Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto and it merges all prior discussions between them relating thereto. Any amendment or modification to this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and signed by each party hereto. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the

 

2


remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without said provision. In such event, the Parties shall in good faith attempt to negotiate a substitute clause for any provision declared invalid or unenforceable, which substitute clause shall most nearly approximate the intent of the Parties in agreeing to such invalid provision, without itself being invalid.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof, and any action hereunder shall be taken in the state or federal courts located in New York. By execution of this Agreement, each Party accepts and agrees to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement, subject to a party’s appeal rights.

[Signature Page Follows on Next Page]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TEREX CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ George Ellis

Name:   George Ellis
Title:   Senior Vice President
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ David Langevin

Name:   David Langevin
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
A.S.V., LLC
By:  

/s/ Andrew Rooke

Name:   Andrew Rooke
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

4

Exhibit 10.25

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as this      day of         , 2017 is made by and between ASV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and                      (the “Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. The Corporation recognizes that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve or to continue to serve as directors or officers of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance or indemnification, or both, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers.

B. The statutes and judicial decisions regarding the duties of directors and officers are often difficult to apply, ambiguous, or conflicting, and therefore fail to provide such directors and officers with adequate, reliable knowledge of legal risks to which they are exposed or information regarding the proper course of action to take.

C. The Corporation and Indemnitee recognize that plaintiffs often seek damages in such large amounts and the costs of litigation may be so enormous (whether or not the case is meritorious), that the defense and/or settlement of such litigation is often beyond the personal resources of directors and officers.

D. The Corporation believes that it is unfair for its directors and officers to assume the risk of huge judgments and other expenses which may occur in cases in which the director or officer received no personal profit and in cases where the director or officer was not culpable.

E. The Corporation, after reasonable investigation, has determined that the liability insurance coverage presently available to the Corporation may be inadequate in certain circumstances to cover all possible exposure for which Indemnitee should be protected. The Corporation believes that the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders would best be served by a combination of such insurance and the indemnification by the Corporation of the directors and officers of the Corporation.

F. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws each permit the Corporation to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

G. Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”), under which the Corporation is organized, empowers the Corporation to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Corporation, as the directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive.

H. The Board of Directors has determined that contractual indemnification as set forth herein is not only reasonable and prudent but also promotes the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders.

I. The Corporation desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation and/or one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of the Corporation free from undue concern for unwarranted claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Corporation and/or one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of the Corporation.

J. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve or to provide additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he is furnished the indemnity provided for herein.

 

1


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Generally .

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware:

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity.

(b) The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, but shall only be provided if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action, suit or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, in the case of any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(d) The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

2


Section 2. Successful Defense; Partial Indemnification . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 hereof or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. For purposes of this Agreement and without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (a) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (b) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (c) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (d) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (e) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 3. Determination That Indemnification Is Proper . Any indemnification hereunder shall (unless otherwise ordered by a court) be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of such person is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1(b) hereof. Any such determination shall be made in accordance with Section 5 and (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not and were not parties to, or threatened to be made a party to, the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), even if less than a quorum, (b) by a majority vote of a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, even if less than a quorum, (c) by a majority vote of a quorum of the outstanding shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote on the matter, voting as a single class, which quorum shall consist of stockholders who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question, (d) by one independent legal counsel (regardless whether indemnification is sought by one or more than one director or officer), or (e) by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred or indemnification is sought in connection with a Company Authorized Proceeding, an indemnification determination hereunder shall be made by the independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or by a court of competent jurisdiction if no independent legal counsel is timely selected or is willing or able to act.

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses; Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in defending a threatened or pending civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with an enforcement action pursuant to Section 5(b), shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of (i) a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, and (ii) an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amount or amounts, only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by this Agreement or otherwise. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment. Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free.

 

3


(b) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim thereof is to be made against the Corporation hereunder, notify the Corporation of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Corporation of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve the Corporation from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent the Corporation is prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure.

(c) In the event the Corporation shall be obligated to pay the expenses of Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding, as provided in this Agreement, the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Corporation, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such action, suit or proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (1) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Corporation, (2) counsel to the Corporation or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position, or reasonably believes that a conflict is likely to arise, on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (3) the Corporation shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for the Corporation or Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (2) above.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s corporate status with respect to the Corporation or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation, a witness or otherwise participates in any action, suit or proceeding at a time when Indemnitee is not a party in the action, suit or proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

Section 5. Procedure for Indemnification

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall promptly submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) The Corporation’s determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days following receipt of a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5(a). The right to indemnification as granted by Section 1 of this Agreement shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or fails to respond within such 60-day period. It shall be a

 

4


defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 4 hereof where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that Indemnitee has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 hereof, but the burden of proving such defense by clear and convincing evidence shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or one of its committees, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 hereof, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or one of its committees, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.

(c) The Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement upon submission of a request for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5, and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof in overcoming that presumption in reaching a determination contrary to that presumption. Such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification unless the Corporation overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

(d) If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment shall be timely made after that determination.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to a judgment or pending settlement in the action, suit or proceeding.

Section 6. Insurance and Subrogation .

(a) The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of Indemnitee who is or was or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of the Corporation, and may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. If the Corporation has such insurance in effect at the time the Corporation receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of a proceeding, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) In the event of any payment by the Corporation under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Corporation shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(d) The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

5


Section 7. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “action, suit or proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b) The term “by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

(c) The term “expenses” shall be broadly and reasonably construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Corporation or any third party, provided that the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 of the DGCL or otherwise.

(d) The term “judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all penalties and amounts required to be forfeited or reimbursed to the Corporation), as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan.

(e) The term “Corporation” shall include, without limitation and in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(f) The term “other enterprises” shall include, without limitation, employee benefit plans.

(g) The term “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.

 

6


(h) A person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Agreement.

(i) “Change in Control” means a “Change in Control” as defined in the Corporation’s compensation or equity plans, or any of them.

(j) “Independent legal counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been retained to represent: (i) the Corporation, the Indemnitee or one of the other directors of the Corporation in any matter material to any such party, or (ii) any other party to the action, suit or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Independent legal counsel shall be selected by the Corporation, with the approval of Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the independent legal counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, with the approval of the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (i) from and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, and (ii) in connection with an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation authorized or not disapproved by the Board of Directors alleging claims against Indemnitee that, if sustained, reasonably might give rise to a judgment for money damages of more than $1,000,000 and/or injunctive relief (“Company Authorized Proceeding”). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if Indemnitee and the Corporation are unable to agree with reasonable promptness on the selection of the independent legal counsel, such counsel shall be selected by lot from among the ten (10) law firms, which, according to publicly available sources, have the most lawyers practicing in offices located in Minnesota or Delaware. The Corporation shall contact these law firms in order of their selection by lot, requesting each such firm to accept an engagement hereunder until one of such firms qualifies hereunder and accepts the engagement. The fees and costs of independent legal counsel shall be paid by the Corporation.

Section 8. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by Indemnitee, except with respect to an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 8(b) of this Agreement), unless such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Action for Indemnification . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification in such action, suit or proceeding, in whole or in part, or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish their right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnity for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8(b) is intended to limit the Corporation’s obligation with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 4 hereof.

(c) Certain Exchange Act Claims . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of any proceeding with respect to which final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for (i) payment or an accounting of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or (ii) any reimbursement of the Corporation by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based

 

7


compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such proceeding shall be advanced and deemed to be expenses that are subject to indemnification hereunder.

(d) Non-compete and Non-disclosure . To indemnify Indemnitee in connection with proceedings or claims involving the enforcement of non-compete and/or non-disclosure agreements or the non-compete and/or non-disclosure provisions of employment, consulting or similar agreements the Indemnitee may be a party to with the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation or any other applicable foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, if any.

Section 9. Certain Settlement Provisions . The Corporation shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Corporation’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit or proceeding in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Section 10. Savings Clause . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 11. Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of Indemnitee’s costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances, taking into account, among other things, contributions by other directors and officers of the Corporation or others pursuant to indemnification agreements or otherwise; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to (a) the failure of Indemnitee to meet the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 hereof, or (b) any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 6(d), 8 or 9 hereof.

Section 12. Form and Delivery of Communications . Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the parties under this Agreement shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to the Corporation:

ASV Holdings, Inc.

840 Lily Lane

Grand Rapids, Minnesota 55744

 

8


If to Indemnitee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 13. Subsequent Legislation . If the DGCL is amended after adoption of this Agreement to expand further the indemnification permitted to directors or officers, then the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as so amended.

Section 14. Nonexclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, the vote of the Corporation’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. However, no amendment or alteration of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 15. Enforcement . The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable. The Corporation agrees that its execution of this Agreement shall constitute a stipulation by which it shall be irrevocably bound in any court of competent jurisdiction in which a proceeding by Indemnitee for enforcement of his rights hereunder shall have been commenced, continued or appealed, that its obligations set forth in this Agreement are unique and special, and that failure of the Corporation to comply with the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable and irremediable injury to Indemnitee, for which a remedy at law will be inadequate. As a result, in addition to any other right or remedy Indemnitee may have at law or in equity with respect to breach of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to injunctive or mandatory relief directing specific performance by the Corporation of its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 16. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

Section 17. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 18. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

9


Section 19. Successor and Assigns . All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 20. Service of Process and Venue . For purposes of any claims or proceedings to enforce this agreement, the Corporation consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the states of Delaware and Minnesota, and waives and agrees not to raise any defense that any such court is an inconvenient forum or any similar claim.

Section 21. Supersedes Prior Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between Indemnitee and the Corporation or its predecessors.

Section 22. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. The Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Corporation of its officers and directors, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 23. Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to employment or continued employment.

Section 24. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 25. Headings . The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Signature page follows.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

  ASV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  INDEMNITEE
 

 

Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 10.26

FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND CONSENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND CONSENT (this “ First Amendment ”) is entered into as of April 25, 2017, by and among A.S.V., LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Minnesota (“ ASV ”, together with each Person joined hereto as a borrower from time to time, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”; the Borrowers together with the Guarantors, collectively the “ Loan Parties ” and each a “ Loan Party ”), the Permitted Holders (the Permitted Holders together with the Loan Parties, collectively, the “ Obligors ” and each an “ Obligor ”), the financial institutions which are now or which hereafter become a party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and each individually a “ Lender ”) and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ PNC ”), as Administrative Agent for Lenders (PNC, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) with respect to the following:

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. Borrowers, Lenders and Administrative Agent, previously entered into that certain Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2016 (as has been and may hereafter be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

B. Borrowers have requested that Administrative Agent and Lenders agree (i) to amend certain provisions in the Credit Agreement with respect to Change in Control, (ii) to release their Liens on certain Equity Interests of ASV in connection with a planned Qualified IPO, (iii) to permit ASV to convert from a Minnesota limited liability company to a Delaware corporation on the terms set forth below, and (iv) certain other modifications of the Credit Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this First Amendment are as defined in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, unless otherwise stated.

2. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto agree that as of the First Amendment Date:

A. New Definitions . The following defined terms shall be added to Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement in the proper alphabetical order:

First Amendment ” shall mean that certain First Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of the First Amendment Date by and among the Loan Parties, Administrative Agent and Lenders.

First Amendment Date ” shall mean April 25, 2017.


B. Amended Definitions . The definition of “Change of Control” contained in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

Clause (b)(ii) of the definition of “ Change of Control ” is hereby replaced with “with respect to the aggregate amount of Equity Interests owned by the Permitted Holders collectively, A.S.V. Holdings owning less than approximately 49% thereof;”

C. Amended and Restated Definitions . The definitions of “Net Cash Proceeds” and “Qualified IPO” contained in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean gross proceeds of any applicable sale, transfer, disposition or initial offering of Equity Interests less the reasonable direct costs, expenses (including legal fees and consultant fees), taxes, and assessments incurred in connection with such sales, transfers, other dispositions or initial offering of Equity Interests.

Qualified IPO ” means the initial offering of Equity Interests by Borrower in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering) that generates (x) gross cash proceeds of not less than $25,000,000, and (y) Net Cash Proceeds actually received by Borrowers of not less than $7,500,000.”

D. Amendment to Credit Agreement . Clause (d) set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(d) In the event of any initial offering of Equity Interests by Loan Parties or any Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified IPO, the Loan Parties shall, no later than three (3) Business Days after the receipt by such Loan Party or any Subsidiary of its portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Qualified IPO, repay the Advances in an amount equal to forty percent (40%) of such Net Cash Proceeds, such repayments will be applied first, to the outstanding principal installments of the Term Loan A in the inverse order of the maturities thereof (including the final installment thereof) until paid in full in cash, second to the outstanding principal installments of the Term Loan B in the inverse order of the maturities thereof (including the final installment thereof) until paid in full in cash, and third to the remaining Advances (including cash collateralization of all Obligations relating to any outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2(b); provided however that if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such repayments of the remaining Advances shall be applied to cash collateralize any Obligations related to outstanding Letters of Credit last) in such order as Administrative Agent may determine, subject to Borrowers’ ability to re-borrow Revolving Advances in accordance with the terms hereof.

E. Perfection of Security Interests . The last sentence of Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Each Loan Party shall cause its Parent to pledge 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Loan Party; subsequent to a Qualified IPO, with

 

2


respect to ASV, the Permitted Holders shall only be required to pledge the Equity Interests retained by such Permitted Holders after consummation of the Qualified IPO, which pledges, in each case, shall at all times constitute a first priority, perfected Lien pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Other Documents or other security documents as any Agent shall reasonably request.

3. Release of Lien; Return of Pledge Equity Interest . In connection with the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the conversion of ASV from a Minnesota limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, upon request by each of the Permitted Holders: (i) Administrative Agent shall release its Lien in the Equity Interests of ASV pledged by the Permitted Holders pursuant to Collateral Pledge Agreements executed by each of the Permitted Holders in favor of Administrative Agent dated as of the Closing Date to the extent such Equity Interests are sold by the Permitted Holders in connection with such Qualified IPO (such Equity Interests, the “ IPO Equity Interests ”) and Administrative Agent shall deliver any release or termination documents reasonably requested by Borrowers to evidence such release, and (ii) Administrative Agent shall return to Borrowing Agent all certificates representing the Equity Interests of ASV as a limited liability company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Pledge Agreement, and the Liens granted therein, shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all Equity Interests pledged thereto other than the IPO Equity Interests. To the extent that (x) ASV issues to the Permitted Holders new or replacement certificates evidencing the Equity Interests retained by the Permitted Holders subsequent to the IPO, the Permitted Holders shall deliver such certificates to Administrative Agent together with duly endorsed assignments in blank, or (y) ASV’s Equity Interests are not evidenced by physical certificates or are held by a securities intermediary, ASV and the Permitted Holders shall take such actions as requested by Agents to ensure the pledge of the Equity Interests is perfected and is a first priority Lien under Applicable Law, including without limitation, delivery by the Permitted Holders of a securities account control agreement executed by any applicable securities intermediary, which actions described in clauses (x) and (y) above shall be completed to Agents’ reasonable satisfaction (1) within five (5) Business Days following the initial offering of the Qualified IPO with respect to no less than 51% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of ASV (the “ Initial Pledge ”), and (2) within fifteen (15) days following the end of the Greenshoe Option Period with respect to any and all remaining issued and outstanding Equity Interests of ASV that are not sold to the public in connection with the Qualified IPO (the “ Subsequent Pledge ”). As used herein, the term “Greenshoe Option Period” shall mean a forty-five (45) day period commencing promptly after the initial offering of the Qualified IPO, during which underwriters of the Qualified IPO may purchase additional Equity Interests of ASV. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and the Agents agree that so long as no Change of Control would result (1) the Permitted Holders shall be permitted to sell, from time to time, some or all of the Equity Interests pledged to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Subsequent Pledge and (2) in preparation for the sale of such Equity Interests, within five (5) Business Days following a request from the Permitted Holders, the Administrative Agent shall return to Borrowing Agent the certificates evidencing the Equity Interests delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Subsequent Pledge.

 

3


4. Consent to Change of ASV’s Name and Organizational Status .

A. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.15, in connection with the consummation of a Qualified IPO, ASV is hereby authorized to (i) change its legal name from “A.S.V., LLC” to “A.S.V. Holdings, Inc.”, (ii) change its form of legal entity from a limited liability company to a corporation, and (iii) change its jurisdiction of organization from Minnesota to Delaware.

B. Within three (3) Business Days upon the conversion from a Minnesota limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, ASV shall deliver to the Administrative Agent each of the following: (i) a copies of its modified Organizational Documents, (ii) a copy of any applicable conversion documents, and (iii) a copy of resolutions of the board of directors (or other equivalent governing body, member or partner) of ASV authorizing the such conversion.

5. Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this First Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, unless specifically waived in writing by Agents:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received the following documents or items, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agents and their legal counsel in their sole discretion:

(i) this First Amendment duly executed by Borrowers, the other Obligors, Lenders and Administrative Agent;

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary (or other equivalent officer, partner or manager) of ASV in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent dated as of the First Amendment Date which shall certify (A) a copy of resolutions of the board of directors (or other equivalent governing body, member or partner) of ASV authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment by ASV (C) copies of the Organizational Documents of such Borrower as in effect on such date, complete with all amendments thereto, and (C) the good standing (or equivalent status) of ASV in its jurisdiction of organization dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such jurisdiction; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

6. Post-Closing Covenants . Promptly, (a) and in any event within one (1) Business Day after execution, Borrowers shall deliver any underwriting agreements or other material agreements entered into with respect to the Qualified IPO contemplated by this First Amendment, and (b) in any event within one (1) Business Day after filing, any material filings or registrations filed by Borrowers with the SEC or with any state securities regulatory agencies.

7. Ratifications . Except as expressly modified and superseded by this First Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect. Obligors hereby agree that all liens and security interests securing payment of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement (as

 

4


amended hereby) are hereby collectively renewed, ratified and brought forward as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations. Borrowers, the other Obligors, Lenders and Administrative Agent agree that the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents, as amended hereby, shall continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

8. Representations and Warranties with respect to Other Documents . Each of the Obligors hereby represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and Lenders as follows: (a) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; (b) the execution, delivery and performance by it of this First Amendment and all Other Documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith are within its company powers, have been duly authorized, and do not contravene (i) its Organizational Documents, or (ii) any applicable law; (c) no Consent of any Governmental Body or other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this First Amendment, except as has been obtained; (d) this First Amendment and all Other Documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been duly executed and delivered by it; (e) this First Amendment and all Other Documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity; (f) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately thereafter result by the execution, delivery or performance of this First Amendment; (g) the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent already qualified by materiality in which case such representation and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the date of execution hereof as though made on and as of each such date (except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates only to any earlier and/or specified date); and (h) ASV has not amended its Organizational Documents in a manner that would constitute a Default or Event of Default.

9. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made in the Credit Agreement or the Other Documents, including, without limitation, any document furnished in connection with this First Amendment, shall survive the execution and delivery of this First Amendment and the Other Documents.

10. Reference to Credit Agreement . Each of the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference in the Credit Agreement and such Other Documents to the Credit Agreement shall mean a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

11. Expenses of Administrative Agent and Term Loan B Agent . Borrowers agree to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Administrative Agent and Term Loan B Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and closing of the First Amendment, any and all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto and any Other Documents in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the costs and fees of Administrative Agent’s and Term Loan B Agent’s legal counsel and financial advisors.

 

5


12. Severability . If any part of this First Amendment is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under Applicable Laws, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given effect so far as possible.

13. Successors and Assigns . This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Administrative Agent, Lenders and Obligors and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Obligor may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent.

14. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature delivered by a party by facsimile or electronic transmission (including email transmission of a PDF image) shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.

15. Effect of Waiver . No consent or waiver, express or implied, by Lenders or Administrative Agent to or for any breach of or deviation from any covenant or condition by Borrowers or any other Obligor shall be deemed a consent to or waiver of any other breach of the same or any other covenant, condition or duty.

16. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this First Amendment are for convenience only, are not a part of this First Amendment, and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

17. Governing Law; Judicial Reference . Sections 12.1 through 12.3 and Section 16.1 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and are fully applicable to this First Amendment.

18. Final Agreement . THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER DOCUMENTS, EACH AS AMENDED HEREBY, REPRESENT THE ENTIRE EXPRESSION OF THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF ON THE DATE THIS FIRST AMENDMENT IS EXECUTED. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER DOCUMENTS, AS AMENDED HEREBY, MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. NO MODIFICATION, RESCISSION, WAIVER, RELEASE OR AMENDMENT OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS FIRST AMENDMENT SHALL BE MADE, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 16.2 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

19. Acknowledgements and Agreements . Each of the Obligors hereby acknowledge and agree that: (a) none has any defenses, claims or set-offs to the enforcement by Administrative Agent, Term Loan B Agent or any Lender of the Obligations on the date hereof

 

6


and on the date of execution hereof; (b) to their knowledge, Administrative Agent, Term Loan B Agent and Lenders have fully performed all undertakings and obligations owed to them as of the date hereof and on the date of execution hereof; and (c) except to the limited extent expressly set forth in this First Amendment, Administrative Agent, Term Loan B Agent and Lenders do not waive, diminish or limit any term or condition contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents.

20. Release . EACH OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY RELEASES AND FOREVER DISCHARGES ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, TERM LOAN B AGENT, LENDERS, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, AND EACH SUCH PERSON’S RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENTS, MEMBERS, ATTORNEYS AND REPRESENTATIVES (EACH, A “ RELEASED PERSON ”) OF AND FROM ALL DAMAGES, LOSSES, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, ACTIONS OR CAUSES OF ACTION WHATSOEVER (EACH A “ RELEASED CLAIM ”), THAT EACH OBLIGOR NOW HAS OR CLAIMS TO HAVE AGAINST ANY RELEASED PERSON ON THE DATE HEREOF AND ON THE DATE OF EXECUTION HEREOF, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, OF EVERY NATURE AND EXTENT WHATSOEVER, FOR OR BECAUSE OF ANY MATTER OR THING DONE, OMITTED OR SUFFERED TO BE DONE OR OMITTED BY ANY OF THE RELEASED PERSONS THAT BOTH (A) OCCURRED PRIOR TO OR ON THE DATE HEREOF OR ON THE DATE OF EXECUTION HEREOF AND (B) IS ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONCERNING, ARISING OUT OF OR FOUNDED UPON THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

OBLIGORS INTEND THE ABOVE RELEASE TO COVER, ENCOMPASS, RELEASE, AND EXTINGUISH, INTER ALIA, ALL RELEASED CLAIMS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE BE RESERVED BY THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542 (AND ANY EQUIVALENT PROVISION UNDER NEW YORK LAW OR THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION), WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

OBLIGORS ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY MAY HEREAFTER DISCOVER FACTS DIFFERENT FROM OR IN ADDITION TO THOSE NOW KNOWN OR BELIEVED TO BE TRUE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH RELEASED CLAIMS AND AGREE THAT THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE ABOVE RELEASE ARE AND WILL REMAIN EFFECTIVE IN ALL RESPECTS NOTWITHSTANDING ANY SUCH DIFFERENCES OR ADDITIONAL FACTS.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this First Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

 

A.S.V., LLC
By:   /s/ Andrew M. Rooke
Name:   Andrew M. Rooke
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

A.S.V. HOLDING, LLC
By:   /s/ Eric Cohen
Name:   Eric Cohen
Title:   Vice President

 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ David J. Langevin
Name:   David J. Langevin
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, a Revolving Lender and a Term Loan A Lender
By:   /s/ Steven J. Chalmers
Name:   Steven J. Chalmers
Title:   Vice President

 

WHITE OAK GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC, as a Term Loan B Agent and a Term Loan B Lender
By:   /s/ Barbara J. S. McKee
Name:   Barbara J. S. McKee
Title:   Manager

 

WHITE OAK PARTNERS, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Barbara J. S. McKee
Name:   Barbara J. S. McKee
Title:   Manager

 

WHITE OAK PARTNERS 2, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Barbara J. S. McKee
Name:   Barbara J. S. McKee
Title:   Manager

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the inclusion of our report dated February 7, 2017, relating to the financial statements of A.S.V., LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years then ended, in this Registration Statement on Form S-1. We also consent to the reference of us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ UHY LLP

Sterling Heights, Michigan

April 26, 2017

Exhibit 24.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The individual whose signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Andrew M. Rooke and Melissa How and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, individually and in the capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this registration statement, including any and all post-effective amendments and amendments thereto, and any subsequent registration statement relating to the same offering as this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Power of Attorney to be executed as of the date indicated below.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/    Michael A. Lisi        

  

Director

   April 6, 2017
Michael A. Lisi